From d0959024d8fb6555ba8bfdc6624cc7b7c2e675fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Kennedy Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:30 -0700 Subject: timer_list: Remove alignment padding on 64 bit when CONFIG_TIMER_STATS Reorder struct timer_list to remove 8 bytes of alignment padding on 64 bit builds when CONFIG_TIMER_STATS is selected. timer_list is widely used across the kernel so many structures will benefit and shrink in size. For example, with my config on x86_64 per_cpu_dm_data shrinks from 136 to 128 bytes and ahci_port_priv shrinks from 1032 to 968 bytes. Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy Cc: Ingo Molnar Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index 38cf093ef62c..f3dccdb44f95 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ struct timer_list { int slack; #ifdef CONFIG_TIMER_STATS + int start_pid; void *start_site; char start_comm[16]; - int start_pid; #endif #ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP struct lockdep_map lockdep_map; -- cgit v1.2.3 From aaabe31c25a439b92cc281b14ca18b85bae7e7a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:30 -0700 Subject: timer: Initialize the field slack of timer_list TIMER_INITIALIZER() should initialize the field slack of timer_list as __init_timer() does. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Cc: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index f3dccdb44f95..1794674c1a52 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; .expires = (_expires), \ .data = (_data), \ .base = &boot_tvec_bases, \ + .slack = -1, \ __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER( \ __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ } -- cgit v1.2.3 From dd6414b50fa2b1cd247a8aa8f8bd42414b7453e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Phil Carmody Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:33 -0700 Subject: timer: Permit statically-declared work with deferrable timers Currently, you have to just define a delayed_work uninitialised, and then initialise it before first use. That's a tad clumsy. At risk of playing mind-games with the compiler, fooling it into doing pointer arithmetic with compile-time-constants, this lets clients properly initialise delayed work with deferrable timers statically. This patch was inspired by the issues which lead Artem Bityutskiy to commit 8eab945c5616fc984 ("sunrpc: make the cache cleaner workqueue deferrable"). Signed-off-by: Phil Carmody Acked-by: Artem Bityutskiy Cc: Arjan van de Ven Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/workqueue.h | 8 ++++++++ 2 files changed, 33 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index 1794674c1a52..cbfb7a355d30 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -48,6 +48,18 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; #define __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER(_kn) #endif +/* + * Note that all tvec_bases are 2 byte aligned and lower bit of + * base in timer_list is guaranteed to be zero. Use the LSB to + * indicate whether the timer is deferrable. + * + * A deferrable timer will work normally when the system is busy, but + * will not cause a CPU to come out of idle just to service it; instead, + * the timer will be serviced when the CPU eventually wakes up with a + * subsequent non-deferrable timer. + */ +#define TBASE_DEFERRABLE_FLAG (0x1) + #define TIMER_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) { \ .entry = { .prev = TIMER_ENTRY_STATIC }, \ .function = (_function), \ @@ -59,6 +71,19 @@ extern struct tvec_base boot_tvec_bases; __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ } +#define TBASE_MAKE_DEFERRED(ptr) ((struct tvec_base *) \ + ((unsigned char *)(ptr) + TBASE_DEFERRABLE_FLAG)) + +#define TIMER_DEFERRED_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) {\ + .entry = { .prev = TIMER_ENTRY_STATIC }, \ + .function = (_function), \ + .expires = (_expires), \ + .data = (_data), \ + .base = TBASE_MAKE_DEFERRED(&boot_tvec_bases), \ + __TIMER_LOCKDEP_MAP_INITIALIZER( \ + __FILE__ ":" __stringify(__LINE__)) \ + } + #define DEFINE_TIMER(_name, _function, _expires, _data) \ struct timer_list _name = \ TIMER_INITIALIZER(_function, _expires, _data) diff --git a/include/linux/workqueue.h b/include/linux/workqueue.h index f11100f96482..88238c15ec3e 100644 --- a/include/linux/workqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/workqueue.h @@ -127,12 +127,20 @@ struct execute_work { .timer = TIMER_INITIALIZER(NULL, 0, 0), \ } +#define __DEFERRED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) { \ + .work = __WORK_INITIALIZER((n).work, (f)), \ + .timer = TIMER_DEFERRED_INITIALIZER(NULL, 0, 0), \ + } + #define DECLARE_WORK(n, f) \ struct work_struct n = __WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) #define DECLARE_DELAYED_WORK(n, f) \ struct delayed_work n = __DELAYED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) +#define DECLARE_DEFERRED_WORK(n, f) \ + struct delayed_work n = __DEFERRED_WORK_INITIALIZER(n, f) + /* * initialize a work item's function pointer */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6f1bc451e6a79470b122a37ee1fc6bbca450f444 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 15:57:31 -0700 Subject: timer: Make try_to_del_timer_sync() the same on SMP and UP On UP try_to_del_timer_sync() is mapped to del_timer() which does not take the running timer callback into account, so it has different semantics. Remove the SMP dependency of try_to_del_timer_sync() by using base->running_timer in the UP case as well. [ tglx: Removed set_running_timer() inline and tweaked the changelog ] Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Oleg Nesterov Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/timer.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timer.h b/include/linux/timer.h index cbfb7a355d30..6abd9138beda 100644 --- a/include/linux/timer.h +++ b/include/linux/timer.h @@ -274,11 +274,11 @@ static inline void timer_stats_timer_clear_start_info(struct timer_list *timer) extern void add_timer(struct timer_list *timer); +extern int try_to_del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); + #ifdef CONFIG_SMP - extern int try_to_del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); extern int del_timer_sync(struct timer_list *timer); #else -# define try_to_del_timer_sync(t) del_timer(t) # define del_timer_sync(t) del_timer(t) #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe7de49f9d4e53f24ec9ef762a503f70b562341c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: KOSAKI Motohiro Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 16:01:12 -0700 Subject: sched: Make sched_param argument static in sched_setscheduler() callers Andrew Morton pointed out almost all sched_setscheduler() callers are using fixed parameters and can be converted to static. It reduces runtime memory use a little. Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Reported-by: Andrew Morton Acked-by: James Morris Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Steven Rostedt Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 0383601a927c..849c8670583d 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1942,9 +1942,10 @@ extern int task_nice(const struct task_struct *p); extern int can_nice(const struct task_struct *p, const int nice); extern int task_curr(const struct task_struct *p); extern int idle_cpu(int cpu); -extern int sched_setscheduler(struct task_struct *, int, struct sched_param *); +extern int sched_setscheduler(struct task_struct *, int, + const struct sched_param *); extern int sched_setscheduler_nocheck(struct task_struct *, int, - struct sched_param *); + const struct sched_param *); extern struct task_struct *idle_task(int cpu); extern struct task_struct *curr_task(int cpu); extern void set_curr_task(int cpu, struct task_struct *p); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fc766e4c4965915ab52a1d1fa3c7a7b3e7bc07f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 03:09:24 +0000 Subject: decnet: RCU conversion and get rid of dev_base_lock While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose: Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if they cannot use RTNL. Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management. Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d8fd2c23a1b9..578debb801f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ struct net_device { #endif void *atalk_ptr; /* AppleTalk link */ struct in_device __rcu *ip_ptr; /* IPv4 specific data */ - void *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ + struct dn_dev __rcu *dn_ptr; /* DECnet specific data */ struct inet6_dev __rcu *ip6_ptr; /* IPv6 specific data */ void *ec_ptr; /* Econet specific data */ void *ax25_ptr; /* AX.25 specific data */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1da4b1c6a4dfb5a13d7147a27c1ac53fed09befd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Feng Tang Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 11:22:58 +0000 Subject: x86/mrst: Add SFI platform device parsing code MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit SFI provides a series of tables. These describe the platform devices present including SPI and I²C devices, as well as various sensors, keypads and other glue as well as interfaces provided via the SCU IPC mechanism (intel_scu_ipc.c) This patch is a merge of the core elements and relevant fixes from the Intel development code by Feng, Alek, myself into a single coherent patch for upstream submission. It provides the needed infrastructure to register I2C, SPI and platform devices described by the tables, as well as handlers for some of the hardware already supported in kernel. The 0.8 firmware also provides GPIO tables. Devices are created at boot time or if they are SCU dependant at the point an SCU is discovered. The existing Linux device mechanisms will then handle the device binding. At an abstract level this is an SFI to Linux device translator. Device/platform specific setup/glue is in this file. This is done so that the drivers for the generic I²C and SPI bus devices remain cross platform as they should. (Updated from RFC version to correct the emc1403 name used by the firmware and a wrongly used #define) Signed-off-by: Alek Du LKML-Reference: <20101109112158.20013.6158.stgit@localhost.localdomain> [Clean ups, removal of 0.7 support] Signed-off-by: Feng Tang [Clean ups] Signed-off-by: Alan Cox Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/sfi.h | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sfi.h b/include/linux/sfi.h index 7f770c638e99..fe817918b30e 100644 --- a/include/linux/sfi.h +++ b/include/linux/sfi.h @@ -77,6 +77,8 @@ #define SFI_OEM_ID_SIZE 6 #define SFI_OEM_TABLE_ID_SIZE 8 +#define SFI_NAME_LEN 16 + #define SFI_SYST_SEARCH_BEGIN 0x000E0000 #define SFI_SYST_SEARCH_END 0x000FFFFF @@ -156,13 +158,13 @@ struct sfi_device_table_entry { u16 addr; u8 irq; u32 max_freq; - char name[16]; + char name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; } __packed; struct sfi_gpio_table_entry { - char controller_name[16]; + char controller_name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; u16 pin_no; - char pin_name[16]; + char pin_name[SFI_NAME_LEN]; } __packed; typedef int (*sfi_table_handler) (struct sfi_table_header *table); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 751305d9b2fd3e03eaab7808e976241d85ca4353 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Drake Date: Thu, 28 Oct 2010 18:23:01 +0100 Subject: viafb: General power management infrastructure Multiple devices need S/R hooks (framebuffer, GPIO, camera). Add infrastructure and convert existing framebuffer code to the new model. This patch should create no functional change. Based on earlier work by Jonathan Corbet. Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake Acked-by: Jonathan Corbet Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat --- include/linux/via-core.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/via-core.h b/include/linux/via-core.h index 7ffb521e1a7a..a4327a0c8efc 100644 --- a/include/linux/via-core.h +++ b/include/linux/via-core.h @@ -59,6 +59,21 @@ struct via_port_cfg { u8 ioport_index; }; +/* + * Allow subdevs to register suspend/resume hooks. + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_PM +struct viafb_pm_hooks { + struct list_head list; + int (*suspend)(void *private); + int (*resume)(void *private); + void *private; +}; + +void viafb_pm_register(struct viafb_pm_hooks *hooks); +void viafb_pm_unregister(struct viafb_pm_hooks *hooks); +#endif /* CONFIG_PM */ + /* * This is the global viafb "device" containing stuff needed by * all subdevs. -- cgit v1.2.3 From f6cd24777513fcc673d432cc29ef59881d3e4df1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 11:13:48 +0100 Subject: irq: Better struct irqaction layout We currently use kmalloc-96 slab for struct irqaction allocations on 64bit arches. This is unfortunate because of possible false sharing and two cache lines accesses. Move 'name' and 'dir' fields at the end of the structure, and force a suitable alignement. Hot path fields now use one cache line on x86_64. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Reviewed-by: Andi Kleen Cc: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1288865628.2659.69.camel@edumazet-laptop> Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/interrupt.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/interrupt.h b/include/linux/interrupt.h index 79d0c4f6d071..55e0d4253e49 100644 --- a/include/linux/interrupt.h +++ b/include/linux/interrupt.h @@ -114,15 +114,15 @@ typedef irqreturn_t (*irq_handler_t)(int, void *); struct irqaction { irq_handler_t handler; unsigned long flags; - const char *name; void *dev_id; struct irqaction *next; int irq; - struct proc_dir_entry *dir; irq_handler_t thread_fn; struct task_struct *thread; unsigned long thread_flags; -}; + const char *name; + struct proc_dir_entry *dir; +} ____cacheline_internodealigned_in_smp; extern irqreturn_t no_action(int cpl, void *dev_id); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5e4f083f78d03e9f8d2e327daccde16976f9bb00 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Sun, 24 Oct 2010 11:50:53 +0800 Subject: hrtimer: Remove stale comment on curr_timer curr_timer doesn't resident in struct hrtimer_cpu_base anymore. Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang LKML-Reference: <1287892253-2587-1-git-send-email-yong.zhang0@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index fd0c1b857d3d..dd9954b79342 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ struct hrtimer_clock_base { * @lock: lock protecting the base and associated clock bases * and timers * @clock_base: array of clock bases for this cpu - * @curr_timer: the timer which is executing a callback right now * @expires_next: absolute time of the next event which was scheduled * via clock_set_next_event() * @hres_active: State of high resolution mode -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d7138de878d1d4210727c1200193e69596f93b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 05:46:50 +0000 Subject: igmp: RCU conversion of in_dev->mc_list MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock). This can easily be converted to a RCU protection. Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a spinlock. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Cypher Wu Cc: Américo Wang Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 12 ++++++++---- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 5 ++--- 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 93fc2449af10..7d164670f264 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ struct ip_sf_socklist { */ struct ip_mc_socklist { - struct ip_mc_socklist *next; + struct ip_mc_socklist __rcu *next_rcu; struct ip_mreqn multi; unsigned int sfmode; /* MCAST_{INCLUDE,EXCLUDE} */ - struct ip_sf_socklist *sflist; + struct ip_sf_socklist __rcu *sflist; struct rcu_head rcu; }; @@ -186,11 +186,14 @@ struct ip_sf_list { struct ip_mc_list { struct in_device *interface; __be32 multiaddr; + unsigned int sfmode; struct ip_sf_list *sources; struct ip_sf_list *tomb; - unsigned int sfmode; unsigned long sfcount[2]; - struct ip_mc_list *next; + union { + struct ip_mc_list *next; + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *next_rcu; + }; struct timer_list timer; int users; atomic_t refcnt; @@ -201,6 +204,7 @@ struct ip_mc_list { char loaded; unsigned char gsquery; /* check source marks? */ unsigned char crcount; + struct rcu_head rcu; }; /* V3 exponential field decoding */ diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index ccd5b07d678d..380ba6bc5db1 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -52,9 +52,8 @@ struct in_device { atomic_t refcnt; int dead; struct in_ifaddr *ifa_list; /* IP ifaddr chain */ - rwlock_t mc_list_lock; - struct ip_mc_list *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ - int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ + struct ip_mc_list __rcu *mc_list; /* IP multicast filter chain */ + int mc_count; /* Number of installed mcasts */ spinlock_t mc_tomb_lock; struct ip_mc_list *mc_tomb; unsigned long mr_v1_seen; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9fbbdde93231ad7f35c217aa6bbbc7995133f483 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Erik Gilling Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:44:43 +0100 Subject: video: add fb_edid_add_monspecs for parsing extended edid information Modern monitors/tvs have more extended EDID information blocks which can contain extra detailed modes. This adds a fb_edid_add_monspecs function which drivers can use to parse those additions blocks. Signed-off-by: Erik Gilling Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/fb.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 7fca3dc4e475..6f0274d96f0c 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -1092,6 +1092,8 @@ extern int fb_parse_edid(unsigned char *edid, struct fb_var_screeninfo *var); extern const unsigned char *fb_firmware_edid(struct device *device); extern void fb_edid_to_monspecs(unsigned char *edid, struct fb_monspecs *specs); +extern void fb_edid_add_monspecs(unsigned char *edid, + struct fb_monspecs *specs); extern void fb_destroy_modedb(struct fb_videomode *modedb); extern int fb_find_mode_cvt(struct fb_videomode *mode, int margins, int rb); extern unsigned char *fb_ddc_read(struct i2c_adapter *adapter); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0ad83f6882c41df1a7fa387086029e162038c1f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:45:04 +0100 Subject: fbdev: when parsing E-EDID blocks, also use SVD entries Add parsing of E-EDID SVD entries. In this first version only a few CEA/EIA-861E modes are implemented, more can be added as needed. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt --- include/linux/fb.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fb.h b/include/linux/fb.h index 6f0274d96f0c..e154a79b8322 100644 --- a/include/linux/fb.h +++ b/include/linux/fb.h @@ -1151,6 +1151,7 @@ struct fb_videomode { extern const char *fb_mode_option; extern const struct fb_videomode vesa_modes[]; +extern const struct fb_videomode cea_modes[64]; struct fb_modelist { struct list_head list; -- cgit v1.2.3 From d83447f0944e73d690218d79c07762ffa4ceb9e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gerrit Renker Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:25:46 +0100 Subject: dccp ccid-2: Schedule Sync as out-of-band mechanism The problem with Ack Vectors is that i) their length is variable and can in principle grow quite large, ii) it is hard to predict exactly how large they will be. Due to the second point it seems not a good idea to reduce the MPS; in particular when on average there is enough room for the Ack Vector and an increase in length is momentarily due to some burst loss, after which the Ack Vector returns to its normal/average length. The solution taken by this patch is to subtract a minimum-expected Ack Vector length from the MPS, and to defer any larger Ack Vectors onto a separate Sync - but only if indeed there is no space left on the skb. This patch provides the infrastructure to schedule Sync-packets for transporting (urgent) out-of-band data. Its signalling is quicker than scheduling an Ack, since it does not need to wait for new application data. Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index 749f01ccd26e..eed52bcd35d0 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -462,6 +462,7 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending * @dccps_server_timewait - server holds timewait state on close (RFC 4340, 8.3) + * @dccps_sync_scheduled - flag which signals "send out-of-band message soon" * @dccps_xmitlet - tasklet scheduled by the TX CCID to dequeue data packets * @dccps_xmit_timer - used by the TX CCID to delay sending (rate-based pacing) * @dccps_syn_rtt - RTT sample from Request/Response exchange (in usecs) @@ -503,6 +504,7 @@ struct dccp_sock { __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_server_timewait:1; + __u8 dccps_sync_scheduled:1; struct tasklet_struct dccps_xmitlet; struct timer_list dccps_xmit_timer; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 58e998c6d23988490162cef0784b19ea274d90bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jesse Gross Date: Fri, 29 Oct 2010 12:14:55 +0000 Subject: offloading: Force software GSO for multiple vlan tags. We currently use vlan_features to check for TSO support if there is a vlan tag. However, it's quite likely that the NIC is not able to do TSO when there is an arbitrary number of tags. Therefore if there is more than one tag (in-band or out-of-band), fall back to software emulation. Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross CC: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 7 +++---- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 578debb801f4..6e4cfbc53d4c 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -2239,6 +2239,8 @@ unsigned long netdev_fix_features(unsigned long features, const char *name); void netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(const struct net_device *rootdev, struct net_device *dev); +int netif_get_vlan_features(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev); + static inline int net_gso_ok(int features, int gso_type) { int feature = gso_type << NETIF_F_GSO_SHIFT; @@ -2254,10 +2256,7 @@ static inline int skb_gso_ok(struct sk_buff *skb, int features) static inline int netif_needs_gso(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb) { if (skb_is_gso(skb)) { - int features = dev->features; - - if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q) || skb->vlan_tci) - features &= dev->vlan_features; + int features = netif_get_vlan_features(skb, dev); return (!skb_gso_ok(skb, features) || unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e48928d8a0f38c1b5c81eb3f1294de8a6382c68 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Stephen Hemminger Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:16:58 -0700 Subject: rfkill: remove dead code The following code is defined but never used. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/rfkill.h | 31 ------------------------------- 1 file changed, 31 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rfkill.h b/include/linux/rfkill.h index 08c32e4f261a..c6c608482cba 100644 --- a/include/linux/rfkill.h +++ b/include/linux/rfkill.h @@ -354,37 +354,6 @@ static inline bool rfkill_blocked(struct rfkill *rfkill) } #endif /* RFKILL || RFKILL_MODULE */ - -#ifdef CONFIG_RFKILL_LEDS -/** - * rfkill_get_led_trigger_name - Get the LED trigger name for the button's LED. - * This function might return a NULL pointer if registering of the - * LED trigger failed. Use this as "default_trigger" for the LED. - */ -const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill); - -/** - * rfkill_set_led_trigger_name -- set the LED trigger name - * @rfkill: rfkill struct - * @name: LED trigger name - * - * This function sets the LED trigger name of the radio LED - * trigger that rfkill creates. It is optional, but if called - * must be called before rfkill_register() to be effective. - */ -void rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name); -#else -static inline const char *rfkill_get_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill) -{ - return NULL; -} - -static inline void -rfkill_set_led_trigger_name(struct rfkill *rfkill, const char *name) -{ -} -#endif - #endif /* __KERNEL__ */ #endif /* RFKILL_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca4ffe8f2848169a8ded0ea8a60b2d81925564c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Luis R. Rodriguez" Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 10:18:55 -0700 Subject: cfg80211: fix disabling channels based on hints After a module loads you will have loaded the world roaming regulatory domain or a custom regulatory domain. Further regulatory hints are welcomed and should be respected unless the regulatory hint is coming from a country IE as the IEEE spec allows for a country IE to be a subset of what is allowed by the local regulatory agencies. So disable all channels that do not fit a regulatory domain sent from a unless the hint is from a country IE and the country IE had no information about the band we are currently processing. This fixes a few regulatory issues, for example for drivers that depend on CRDA and had no 5 GHz freqencies allowed were not properly disabling 5 GHz at all, furthermore it also allows users to restrict devices further as was intended. If you recieve a country IE upon association we will also disable the channels that are not allowed if the country IE had at least one channel on the respective band we are procesing. This was the original intention behind this design but it was completely overlooked... Cc: David Quan Cc: Jouni Malinen cc: Easwar Krishnan Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 6 +++++- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 0edb2566c14c..fb877b5621b7 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1307,7 +1307,11 @@ enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it - * thinks we should consider. + * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country + * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information + * structure pased by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. + * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should + * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. */ enum nl80211_reg_initiator { NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c8aea565e8f715d9f10064b1cbfbc15bf75df501 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gery Kahn Date: Tue, 5 Oct 2010 16:09:05 +0200 Subject: wl1271: ref_clock cosmetic changes Cosmetic cleanup for ref_clock code while configured by board. Signed-off-by: Gery Kahn Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho --- include/linux/wl12xx.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/wl12xx.h b/include/linux/wl12xx.h index 4f902e1908aa..bebb8efea0a6 100644 --- a/include/linux/wl12xx.h +++ b/include/linux/wl12xx.h @@ -24,6 +24,14 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_WL12XX_H #define _LINUX_WL12XX_H +/* The board reference clock values */ +enum { + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_19 = 0, /* 19.2 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_26 = 1, /* 26 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_38 = 2, /* 38.4 MHz */ + WL12XX_REFCLOCK_54 = 3, /* 54 MHz */ +}; + struct wl12xx_platform_data { void (*set_power)(bool enable); /* SDIO only: IRQ number if WLAN_IRQ line is used, 0 for SDIO IRQs */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7919a57bc608140aa8614c19eac40c6916fb61d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andreas Herrmann Date: Mon, 30 Aug 2010 19:04:01 +0000 Subject: bitops: Provide generic sign_extend32 function This patch moves code out from wireless drivers where two different functions are defined in three code locations for the same purpose and provides a common function to sign extend a 32-bit value. Signed-off-by: Andreas Herrmann Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/bitops.h | 11 +++++++++++ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/bitops.h b/include/linux/bitops.h index 827cc95711ef..2184c6b97aeb 100644 --- a/include/linux/bitops.h +++ b/include/linux/bitops.h @@ -109,6 +109,17 @@ static inline __u8 ror8(__u8 word, unsigned int shift) return (word >> shift) | (word << (8 - shift)); } +/** + * sign_extend32 - sign extend a 32-bit value using specified bit as sign-bit + * @value: value to sign extend + * @index: 0 based bit index (0<=index<32) to sign bit + */ +static inline __s32 sign_extend32(__u32 value, int index) +{ + __u8 shift = 31 - index; + return (__s32)(value << shift) >> shift; +} + static inline unsigned fls_long(unsigned long l) { if (sizeof(l) == 4) -- cgit v1.2.3 From fe8222406c8277a21172479d3a8283d31c209028 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Tue, 9 Nov 2010 10:47:38 +0000 Subject: net: Simplify RX queue allocation This patch move RX queue allocation to alloc_netdev_mq and freeing of the queues to free_netdev (symmetric to TX queue allocation). Each kobject RX queue takes a reference to the queue's device so that the device can't be freed before all the kobjects have been released-- this obviates the need for reference counts specific to RX queues. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 6e4cfbc53d4c..fccb11f879e5 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -592,8 +592,7 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { struct rps_map __rcu *rps_map; struct rps_dev_flow_table __rcu *rps_flow_table; struct kobject kobj; - struct netdev_rx_queue *first; - atomic_t count; + struct net_device *dev; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From c59504ebc5baa628706d10c2d3c7e1f4bc3c2147 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Joe Perches Date: Sun, 14 Nov 2010 17:04:57 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_macvlan.h: Remove unnecessary semicolons Signed-off-by: Joe Perches Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index 8a2fd66a8b5f..ac96a2d76291 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++;; + rx_stats->rx_packets++; rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) rx_stats->rx_multicast++; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a386f99025f13b32502fe5dedf223c20d7283826 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:11 +0000 Subject: bridge: add proper RCU annotation to should_route_hook Add br_should_route_hook_t typedef, this is the only way we can get a clean RCU implementation for function pointer. Move route_hook to location where it is used. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_bridge.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_bridge.h b/include/linux/if_bridge.h index 0d241a5c4909..f7e73c338c40 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_bridge.h +++ b/include/linux/if_bridge.h @@ -102,7 +102,9 @@ struct __fdb_entry { #include extern void brioctl_set(int (*ioctl_hook)(struct net *, unsigned int, void __user *)); -extern int (*br_should_route_hook)(struct sk_buff *skb); + +typedef int (*br_should_route_hook_t)(struct sk_buff *skb); +extern br_should_route_hook_t __rcu *br_should_route_hook; #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61391cde9eefac5cfcf6d214aa80c77e58b1626b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephen hemminger Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 06:38:12 +0000 Subject: netdev: add rcu annotations to receive handler hook Suggested by Eric's bridge RCU changes. Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index fccb11f879e5..b45c1b8b1d19 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -994,8 +994,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned int real_num_rx_queues; #endif - rx_handler_func_t *rx_handler; - void *rx_handler_data; + rx_handler_func_t __rcu *rx_handler; + void __rcu *rx_handler_data; struct netdev_queue __rcu *ingress_queue; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8ffab51b3dfc54876f145f15b351c41f3f703195 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 21:14:04 +0000 Subject: macvlan: lockless tx path macvlan is a stacked device, like tunnels. We should use the lockless mechanism we are using in tunnels and loopback. This patch completely removes locking in TX path. tx stat counters are added into existing percpu stat structure, renamed from rx_stats to pcpu_stats. Note : this reverts commit 2c11455321f37 (macvlan: add multiqueue capability) Note : rx_errors converted to a 32bit counter, like tx_dropped, since they dont need 64bit range. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Patrick McHardy Cc: Ben Greear Cc: Ben Hutchings Acked-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_macvlan.h | 34 ++++++++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h index ac96a2d76291..e28b2e4959d4 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_macvlan.h +++ b/include/linux/if_macvlan.h @@ -25,19 +25,25 @@ struct macvlan_port; struct macvtap_queue; /** - * struct macvlan_rx_stats - MACVLAN percpu rx stats + * struct macvlan_pcpu_stats - MACVLAN percpu stats * @rx_packets: number of received packets * @rx_bytes: number of received bytes * @rx_multicast: number of received multicast packets + * @tx_packets: number of transmitted packets + * @tx_bytes: number of transmitted bytes * @syncp: synchronization point for 64bit counters - * @rx_errors: number of errors + * @rx_errors: number of rx errors + * @tx_dropped: number of tx dropped packets */ -struct macvlan_rx_stats { +struct macvlan_pcpu_stats { u64 rx_packets; u64 rx_bytes; u64 rx_multicast; + u64 tx_packets; + u64 tx_bytes; struct u64_stats_sync syncp; - unsigned long rx_errors; + u32 rx_errors; + u32 tx_dropped; }; /* @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ struct macvlan_dev { struct hlist_node hlist; struct macvlan_port *port; struct net_device *lowerdev; - struct macvlan_rx_stats __percpu *rx_stats; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats __percpu *pcpu_stats; enum macvlan_mode mode; int (*receive)(struct sk_buff *skb); int (*forward)(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb); @@ -64,18 +70,18 @@ static inline void macvlan_count_rx(const struct macvlan_dev *vlan, unsigned int len, bool success, bool multicast) { - struct macvlan_rx_stats *rx_stats; - - rx_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->rx_stats); if (likely(success)) { - u64_stats_update_begin(&rx_stats->syncp); - rx_stats->rx_packets++; - rx_stats->rx_bytes += len; + struct macvlan_pcpu_stats *pcpu_stats; + + pcpu_stats = this_cpu_ptr(vlan->pcpu_stats); + u64_stats_update_begin(&pcpu_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_packets++; + pcpu_stats->rx_bytes += len; if (multicast) - rx_stats->rx_multicast++; - u64_stats_update_end(&rx_stats->syncp); + pcpu_stats->rx_multicast++; + u64_stats_update_end(&pcpu_stats->syncp); } else { - rx_stats->rx_errors++; + this_cpu_inc(vlan->pcpu_stats->rx_errors); } } -- cgit v1.2.3 From afe0cbf87500f0585d217deb8c6fd329793a7957 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Wed, 10 Nov 2010 12:50:50 +0900 Subject: cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 25 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index fb877b5621b7..17c5c8849250 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -804,6 +804,28 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly * means support for per-station GTKs. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this + * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. + * + * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first + * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n + * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to + * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if + * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. + * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be + * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. + * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. + * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot + * support by returning -EINVAL. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. + * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should + * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap + * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. + * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -973,6 +995,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 885a46d0f7942d76c2f3860acb45f75237d3bb42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Felix Fietkau Date: Thu, 11 Nov 2010 15:07:22 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 17c5c8849250..037b4e498890 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -826,6 +826,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -998,6 +1000,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, + NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From da6836500414ae734cd9873c2d553db594f831e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Paris Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 11:52:38 +0000 Subject: netfilter: allow hooks to pass error code back up the stack SELinux would like to pass certain fatal errors back up the stack. This patch implements the generic netfilter support for this functionality. Based-on-patch-by: Patrick McHardy Signed-off-by: Eric Paris Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netfilter.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netfilter.h b/include/linux/netfilter.h index 03317c8d4077..1893837b3966 100644 --- a/include/linux/netfilter.h +++ b/include/linux/netfilter.h @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ #define NF_QUEUE_NR(x) ((((x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) & NF_VERDICT_QMASK) | NF_QUEUE) +#define NF_DROP_ERR(x) (((-x) << NF_VERDICT_BITS) | NF_DROP) + /* only for userspace compatibility */ #ifndef __KERNEL__ /* Generic cache responses from hook functions. -- cgit v1.2.3 From f8ff182c716c6f11ca3061961f5722f26a14e101 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:30:14 +0000 Subject: rtnetlink: Link address family API Each net_device contains address family specific data such as per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink. The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK request for each address family it wishes to receive data of and then merge this data itself. This patch implements a new API which combines all address family specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC. IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each address family which in turn defines the structure of its own attribute. Example: [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { [AF_INET] = { [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., }, [AF_INET6] = { [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., } } The API also allows for address families to implement a function which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to implement address family specific link options. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 19 +++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2fc66dd783ee..443d04a66a79 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -80,6 +80,24 @@ struct rtnl_link_ifmap { __u8 port; }; +/* + * IFLA_AF_SPEC + * Contains nested attributes for address family specific attributes. + * Each address family may create a attribute with the address family + * number as type and create its own attribute structure in it. + * + * Example: + * [IFLA_AF_SPEC] = { + * [AF_INET] = { + * [IFLA_INET_CONF] = ..., + * }, + * [AF_INET6] = { + * [IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ..., + * [IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ..., + * } + * } + */ + enum { IFLA_UNSPEC, IFLA_ADDRESS, @@ -116,6 +134,7 @@ enum { IFLA_STATS64, IFLA_VF_PORTS, IFLA_PORT_SELF, + IFLA_AF_SPEC, __IFLA_MAX }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From ca7479ebbd9f7621646bf2792cb7143647f035bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:31:20 +0000 Subject: inet: Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX Define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX to get rid of MAX - 1 notation. Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 380ba6bc5db1..2b86eaf11773 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -41,10 +41,12 @@ enum __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX }; +#define IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX (__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1) + struct ipv4_devconf { void *sysctl; - int data[__IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1]; - DECLARE_BITMAP(state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + int data[IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX]; + DECLARE_BITMAP(state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); }; struct in_device { @@ -90,7 +92,7 @@ static inline void ipv4_devconf_set(struct in_device *in_dev, int index, static inline void ipv4_devconf_setall(struct in_device *in_dev) { - bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, __IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX - 1); + bitmap_fill(in_dev->cnf.state, IPV4_DEVCONF_MAX); } #define IN_DEV_CONF_GET(in_dev, attr) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9f0f7272ac9506f4c8c05cc597b7e376b0b9f3e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Graf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 04:32:48 +0000 Subject: ipv4: AF_INET link address family Implements the AF_INET link address family exposing the per device configuration settings via netlink using the attribute IFLA_INET_CONF. The format of IFLA_INET_CONF differs depending on the direction the attribute is sent. The attribute sent by the kernel consists of a u32 array, basically a 1:1 copy of in_device->cnf.data[]. The attribute expected by the kernel must consist of a sequence of nested u32 attributes, each representing a change request, e.g. [IFLA_INET_CONF] = { [IPV4_DEVCONF_FORWARDING] = 1, [IPV4_DEVCONF_NOXFRM] = 0, } libnl userspace API documentation and example available from: http://www.infradead.org/~tgr/libnl/doc-git/group__link__inet.html Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 443d04a66a79..2e02e4d7b11e 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -147,6 +147,14 @@ enum { #define IFLA_PAYLOAD(n) NLMSG_PAYLOAD(n,sizeof(struct ifinfomsg)) #endif +enum { + IFLA_INET_UNSPEC, + IFLA_INET_CONF, + __IFLA_INET_MAX, +}; + +#define IFLA_INET_MAX (__IFLA_INET_MAX - 1) + /* ifi_flags. IFF_* flags. -- cgit v1.2.3 From b2c0710c464ede15e1fc52fb1e7ee9ba54cea186 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Thu, 9 Sep 2010 13:40:39 -0700 Subject: rcu: move TINY_RCU from softirq to kthread If RCU priority boosting is to be meaningful, callback invocation must be boosted in addition to preempted RCU readers. Otherwise, in presence of CPU real-time threads, the grace period ends, but the callbacks don't get invoked. If the callbacks don't get invoked, the associated memory doesn't get freed, so the system is still subject to OOM. But it is not reasonable to priority-boost RCU_SOFTIRQ, so this commit moves the callback invocations to a kthread, which can be boosted easily. Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 1 - include/linux/rcutiny.h | 8 +++----- include/linux/rcutree.h | 1 + 3 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 03cda7bed985..7142ee3304ab 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -118,7 +118,6 @@ static inline int rcu_preempt_depth(void) #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU */ /* Internal to kernel */ -extern void rcu_init(void); extern void rcu_sched_qs(int cpu); extern void rcu_bh_qs(int cpu); extern void rcu_check_callbacks(int cpu, int user); diff --git a/include/linux/rcutiny.h b/include/linux/rcutiny.h index 13877cb93a60..ea025a611fcc 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutiny.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutiny.h @@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ #include -#define rcu_init_sched() do { } while (0) +static inline void rcu_init(void) +{ +} #ifdef CONFIG_TINY_RCU @@ -125,16 +127,12 @@ static inline void rcu_cpu_stall_reset(void) } #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC - extern int rcu_scheduler_active __read_mostly; extern void rcu_scheduler_starting(void); - #else /* #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC */ - static inline void rcu_scheduler_starting(void) { } - #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC */ #endif /* __LINUX_RCUTINY_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/rcutree.h b/include/linux/rcutree.h index 95518e628794..c0e96833aa73 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutree.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutree.h @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #ifndef __LINUX_RCUTREE_H #define __LINUX_RCUTREE_H +extern void rcu_init(void); extern void rcu_note_context_switch(int cpu); extern int rcu_needs_cpu(int cpu); extern void rcu_cpu_stall_reset(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5f2b0ba4d94b3ac23cbc4b7f675d98eb677a760a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 11:22:23 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove the old nmi_watchdog Now that we have a new nmi_watchdog that is more generic and sits on top of the perf subsystem, we really do not need the old nmi_watchdog any more. In addition, the old nmi_watchdog doesn't really work if you are using the default clocksource, hpet. The old nmi_watchdog code relied on local apic interrupts to determine if the cpu is still alive. With hpet as the clocksource, these interrupts don't increment any more and the old nmi_watchdog triggers false postives. This piece removes the old nmi_watchdog code and stubs out any variables and functions calls. The stubs are the same ones used by the new nmi_watchdog code, so it should be well tested. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: gorcunov@openvz.org LKML-Reference: <1289578944-28564-2-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 06aab5eee134..0cb3e5c246d0 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -16,10 +16,7 @@ */ #ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG #include -extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); -extern void acpi_nmi_disable(void); -extern void acpi_nmi_enable(void); -#else +#endif #ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { @@ -30,7 +27,6 @@ extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif static inline void acpi_nmi_disable(void) { } static inline void acpi_nmi_enable(void) { } -#endif /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 072b198a4ad48bd722ec6d203d65422a4698eae7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 11:22:24 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove all stub function calls from old nmi_watchdog Now that the bulk of the old nmi_watchdog is gone, remove all the stub variables and hooks associated with it. This touches lots of files mainly because of how the io_apic nmi_watchdog was implemented. Now that the io_apic nmi_watchdog is forever gone, remove all its fingers. Most of this code was not being exercised by virtue of nmi_watchdog != NMI_IO_APIC, so there shouldn't be anything to risky here. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: gorcunov@openvz.org LKML-Reference: <1289578944-28564-3-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 0cb3e5c246d0..1c451e6ecc17 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -25,8 +25,6 @@ static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) #else extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif -static inline void acpi_nmi_disable(void) { } -static inline void acpi_nmi_enable(void) { } /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 48c5ccae88dcd989d9de507e8510313c6cbd352b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Sat, 13 Nov 2010 19:32:29 +0100 Subject: sched: Simplify cpu-hot-unplug task migration While discussing the need for sched_idle_next(), Oleg remarked that since try_to_wake_up() ensures sleeping tasks will end up running on a sane cpu, we can do away with migrate_live_tasks(). If we then extend the existing hack of migrating current from CPU_DYING to migrating the full rq worth of tasks from CPU_DYING, the need for the sched_idle_next() abomination disappears as well, since idle will be the only possible thread left after the migration thread stops. This greatly simplifies the hot-unplug task migration path, as can be seen from the resulting code reduction (and about half the new lines are comments). Suggested-by: Oleg Nesterov Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1289851597.2109.547.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 3cd70cf91fde..29d953abb5ad 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1871,14 +1871,11 @@ extern void sched_clock_idle_sleep_event(void); extern void sched_clock_idle_wakeup_event(u64 delta_ns); #ifdef CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU -extern void move_task_off_dead_cpu(int dead_cpu, struct task_struct *p); extern void idle_task_exit(void); #else static inline void idle_task_exit(void) {} #endif -extern void sched_idle_next(void); - #if defined(CONFIG_NO_HZ) && defined(CONFIG_SMP) extern void wake_up_idle_cpu(int cpu); #else -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2069dd75c7d0f49355939e5586daf5a9ab216db7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:47:00 -0800 Subject: sched: Rewrite tg_shares_up) By tracking a per-cpu load-avg for each cfs_rq and folding it into a global task_group load on each tick we can rework tg_shares_up to be strictly per-cpu. This should improve cpu-cgroup performance for smp systems significantly. [ Paul: changed to use queueing cfs_rq + bug fixes ] Signed-off-by: Paul Turner Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101115234937.580480400@google.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 29d953abb5ad..8abb8aa59664 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1885,8 +1885,6 @@ static inline void wake_up_idle_cpu(int cpu) { } extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_latency; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_min_granularity; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_wakeup_granularity; -extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_ratelimit; -extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_thresh; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_child_runs_first; enum sched_tunable_scaling { -- cgit v1.2.3 From a7a4f8a752ec734b2eab904fc863d5dc873de338 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Paul Turner Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2010 15:47:06 -0800 Subject: sched: Add sysctl_sched_shares_window Introduce a new sysctl for the shares window and disambiguate it from sched_time_avg. A 10ms window appears to be a good compromise between accuracy and performance. Signed-off-by: Paul Turner Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101115234938.112173964@google.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 8abb8aa59664..840f1277492f 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1900,6 +1900,7 @@ extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_migration_cost; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_nr_migrate; extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_time_avg; extern unsigned int sysctl_timer_migration; +extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_shares_window; int sched_proc_update_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, void __user *buffer, size_t *length, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 84e1c6bb38eb318e456558b610396d9f1afaabf0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: matthieu castet Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 22:35:16 +0100 Subject: x86: Add RO/NX protection for loadable kernel modules This patch is a logical extension of the protection provided by CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA to LKMs. The protection is provided by splitting module_core and module_init into three logical parts each and setting appropriate page access permissions for each individual section: 1. Code: RO+X 2. RO data: RO+NX 3. RW data: RW+NX In order to achieve proper protection, layout_sections() have been modified to align each of the three parts mentioned above onto page boundary. Next, the corresponding page access permissions are set right before successful exit from load_module(). Further, free_module() and sys_init_module have been modified to set module_core and module_init as RW+NX right before calling module_free(). By default, the original section layout and access flags are preserved. When compiled with CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX=y, the patch will page-align each group of sections to ensure that each page contains only one type of content and will enforce RO/NX for each group of pages. -v1: Initial proof-of-concept patch. -v2: The patch have been re-written to reduce the number of #ifdefs and to make it architecture-agnostic. Code formatting has also been corrected. -v3: Opportunistic RO/NX protection is now unconditional. Section page-alignment is enabled when CONFIG_DEBUG_RODATA=y. -v4: Removed most macros and improved coding style. -v5: Changed page-alignment and RO/NX section size calculation -v6: Fixed comments. Restricted RO/NX enforcement to x86 only -v7: Introduced CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX, added calls to set_all_modules_text_rw() and set_all_modules_text_ro() in ftrace -v8: updated for compatibility with linux 2.6.33-rc5 -v9: coding style fixes -v10: more coding style fixes -v11: minor adjustments for -tip -v12: minor adjustments for v2.6.35-rc2-tip -v13: minor adjustments for v2.6.37-rc1-tip Signed-off-by: Siarhei Liakh Signed-off-by: Xuxian Jiang Acked-by: Arjan van de Ven Reviewed-by: James Morris Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin Cc: Andi Kleen Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Stephen Rothwell Cc: Dave Jones Cc: Kees Cook Cc: Linus Torvalds LKML-Reference: <4CE2F914.9070106@free.fr> [ minor cleanliness edits, -v14: build failure fix ] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/module.h | 11 ++++++++++- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/module.h b/include/linux/module.h index b29e7458b966..ddaa689d71bd 100644 --- a/include/linux/module.h +++ b/include/linux/module.h @@ -308,6 +308,9 @@ struct module /* The size of the executable code in each section. */ unsigned int init_text_size, core_text_size; + /* Size of RO sections of the module (text+rodata) */ + unsigned int init_ro_size, core_ro_size; + /* Arch-specific module values */ struct mod_arch_specific arch; @@ -672,7 +675,6 @@ static inline int module_get_iter_tracepoints(struct tracepoint_iter *iter) { return 0; } - #endif /* CONFIG_MODULES */ #ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS @@ -687,6 +689,13 @@ extern int module_sysfs_initialized; #define __MODULE_STRING(x) __stringify(x) +#ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX +extern void set_all_modules_text_rw(void); +extern void set_all_modules_text_ro(void); +#else +static inline void set_all_modules_text_rw(void) { } +static inline void set_all_modules_text_ro(void) { } +#endif #ifdef CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG void module_bug_finalize(const Elf_Ehdr *, const Elf_Shdr *, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9c0729dc8062bed96189bd14ac6d4920f3958743 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Soeren Sandmann Pedersen Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 05:59:39 -0400 Subject: x86: Eliminate bp argument from the stack tracing routines The various stack tracing routines take a 'bp' argument in which the caller is supposed to provide the base pointer to use, or 0 if doesn't have one. Since bp is garbage whenever CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER is not defined, this means all callers in principle should either always pass 0, or be conditional on CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER. However, there are only really three use cases for stack tracing: (a) Trace the current task, including IRQ stack if any (b) Trace the current task, but skip IRQ stack (c) Trace some other task In all cases, if CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER is not defined, bp should just be 0. If it _is_ defined, then - in case (a) bp should be gotten directly from the CPU's register, so the caller should pass NULL for regs, - in case (b) the caller should should pass the IRQ registers to dump_trace(), - in case (c) bp should be gotten from the top of the task's stack, so the caller should pass NULL for regs. Hence, the bp argument is not necessary because the combination of task and regs is sufficient to determine an appropriate value for bp. This patch introduces a new inline function stack_frame(task, regs) that computes the desired bp. This function is then called from the two versions of dump_stack(). Signed-off-by: Soren Sandmann Acked-by: Steven Rostedt Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: H. Peter Anvin Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arjan van de Ven , Cc: Frederic Weisbecker , Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo , LKML-Reference: > Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker --- include/linux/stacktrace.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/stacktrace.h b/include/linux/stacktrace.h index 51efbef38fb0..25310f1d7f37 100644 --- a/include/linux/stacktrace.h +++ b/include/linux/stacktrace.h @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ #define __LINUX_STACKTRACE_H struct task_struct; +struct pt_regs; #ifdef CONFIG_STACKTRACE struct task_struct; @@ -13,7 +14,8 @@ struct stack_trace { }; extern void save_stack_trace(struct stack_trace *trace); -extern void save_stack_trace_bp(struct stack_trace *trace, unsigned long bp); +extern void save_stack_trace_regs(struct stack_trace *trace, + struct pt_regs *regs); extern void save_stack_trace_tsk(struct task_struct *tsk, struct stack_trace *trace); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61c32659b12c44e62de32fbf99f7e4ca783dc38b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 01:39:17 +0100 Subject: tracing: New flag to allow non privileged users to use a trace event This adds a new trace event internal flag that allows them to be used in perf by non privileged users in case of task bound tracing. This is desired for syscalls tracepoint because they don't leak global system informations, like some other tracepoints. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 8beabb958f61..312dce7e0d52 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -154,12 +154,14 @@ enum { TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED_BIT, TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED_BIT, TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD_BIT, + TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY_BIT, }; enum { TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_ENABLED_BIT), TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_FILTERED_BIT), TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_RECORDED_CMD_BIT), + TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY = (1 << TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY_BIT), }; struct ftrace_event_call { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1ed0c5971159974185653170543a764cc061c857 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 01:46:57 +0100 Subject: tracing: New macro to set up initial event flags value This introduces the new TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS() macro in order to set up initial event flags value. This macro must simply follow the definition of a trace event and take the event name and the flag value as parameters: TRACE_EVENT(my_event, ..... .... ); TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(my_event, 1) This will set up 1 as the initial my_event->flags value. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index a4a90b6726ce..5a6074fcd81d 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -234,6 +234,8 @@ do_trace: \ PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ PARAMS(__data, args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) + #endif /* DECLARE_TRACE */ #ifndef TRACE_EVENT @@ -354,4 +356,6 @@ do_trace: \ assign, print, reg, unreg) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) + #endif /* ifdef TRACE_EVENT (see note above) */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53cf810b1934f08a68e131aeeb16267a778f43df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 02:11:42 +0100 Subject: tracing: Allow syscall trace events for non privileged users As for the raw syscalls events, individual syscall events won't leak system wide information on task bound tracing. Allow non privileged users to use them in such workflow. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 8 ++++++++ include/linux/syscalls.h | 6 ++++-- 2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 312dce7e0d52..725bf6bd39f7 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -198,6 +198,14 @@ struct ftrace_event_call { #endif }; +#define __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(name, value) \ + static int __init trace_init_flags_##name(void) \ + { \ + event_##name.flags = value; \ + return 0; \ + } \ + early_initcall(trace_init_flags_##name); + #define PERF_MAX_TRACE_SIZE 2048 #define MAX_FILTER_PRED 32 diff --git a/include/linux/syscalls.h b/include/linux/syscalls.h index cacc27a0e285..13b9731d30cf 100644 --- a/include/linux/syscalls.h +++ b/include/linux/syscalls.h @@ -137,7 +137,8 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; .class = &event_class_syscall_enter, \ .event.funcs = &enter_syscall_print_funcs, \ .data = (void *)&__syscall_meta_##sname,\ - } + }; \ + __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(enter_##sname, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) #define SYSCALL_TRACE_EXIT_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ @@ -152,7 +153,8 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; .class = &event_class_syscall_exit, \ .event.funcs = &exit_syscall_print_funcs, \ .data = (void *)&__syscall_meta_##sname,\ - } + }; \ + __TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(exit_##sname, TRACE_EVENT_FL_CAP_ANY) #define SYSCALL_METADATA(sname, nb) \ SYSCALL_TRACE_ENTER_EVENT(sname); \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 423478cde453eebdfcfebf4b8d378d8f5d49b853 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Frederic Weisbecker Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 02:21:26 +0100 Subject: tracing: Remove useless syscall ftrace_event_call declaration It is defined right after, which makes the declaration completely useless. Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ingo Molnar Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Cc: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Steven Rostedt Cc: Li Zefan Cc: Jason Baron --- include/linux/syscalls.h | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/syscalls.h b/include/linux/syscalls.h index 13b9731d30cf..18cd0684fc4e 100644 --- a/include/linux/syscalls.h +++ b/include/linux/syscalls.h @@ -127,8 +127,6 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; #define SYSCALL_TRACE_ENTER_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) __syscall_meta_##sname; \ - static struct ftrace_event_call \ - __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) event_enter_##sname; \ static struct ftrace_event_call __used \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) \ __attribute__((section("_ftrace_events"))) \ @@ -143,8 +141,6 @@ extern struct trace_event_functions exit_syscall_print_funcs; #define SYSCALL_TRACE_EXIT_EVENT(sname) \ static struct syscall_metadata \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) __syscall_meta_##sname; \ - static struct ftrace_event_call \ - __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) event_exit_##sname; \ static struct ftrace_event_call __used \ __attribute__((__aligned__(4))) \ __attribute__((section("_ftrace_events"))) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 866f3b25a2eb60d7529c227a0ecd80c3aba443fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Thu, 18 Nov 2010 09:33:19 -0800 Subject: bonding: IGMP handling cleanup Instead of iterating in_dev->mc_list from bonding driver, its better to call a helper function provided by igmp.c Details of implementation (locking) are private to igmp code. ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im) becomes ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index 7d164670f264..c4987f265109 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ extern void ip_mc_unmap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_remap(struct in_device *); extern void ip_mc_dec_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); extern void ip_mc_inc_group(struct in_device *in_dev, __be32 addr); -extern void ip_mc_rejoin_group(struct ip_mc_list *im); +extern void ip_mc_rejoin_groups(struct in_device *in_dev); #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4c3710afbc333c33100739dec10662b4ee64e219 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 20:28:24 +0000 Subject: net: move definitions of BPF_S_* to net/core/filter.c BPF_S_* are used internally, should not be exposed to the others. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Acked-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 48 ------------------------------------------------ 1 file changed, 48 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 69b43dbea6c6..151f5d703b7e 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -91,54 +91,6 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define BPF_TAX 0x00 #define BPF_TXA 0x80 -enum { - BPF_S_RET_K = 0, - BPF_S_RET_A, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_K, - BPF_S_ALU_ADD_X, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_K, - BPF_S_ALU_SUB_X, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_K, - BPF_S_ALU_MUL_X, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_X, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_K, - BPF_S_ALU_AND_X, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_K, - BPF_S_ALU_OR_X, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_LSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_K, - BPF_S_ALU_RSH_X, - BPF_S_ALU_NEG, - BPF_S_LD_W_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_H_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_B_ABS, - BPF_S_LD_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LD_W_IND, - BPF_S_LD_H_IND, - BPF_S_LD_B_IND, - BPF_S_LD_IMM, - BPF_S_LDX_W_LEN, - BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH, - BPF_S_LDX_IMM, - BPF_S_MISC_TAX, - BPF_S_MISC_TXA, - BPF_S_ALU_DIV_K, - BPF_S_LD_MEM, - BPF_S_LDX_MEM, - BPF_S_ST, - BPF_S_STX, - BPF_S_JMP_JA, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JEQ_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGE_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JGT_X, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_K, - BPF_S_JMP_JSET_X, -}; - #ifndef BPF_MAXINSNS #define BPF_MAXINSNS 4096 #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From c5485a7e7569ab32eea240c850198519e2a765ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Add generic exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) function This adds generic functions for calculating Exponentially Weighted Moving Averages (EWMA). This implementation makes use of a structure which keeps the EWMA parameters and a scaled up internal representation to reduce rounding errors. The original idea for this implementation came from the rt2x00 driver (rt2x00link.c). I would like to use it in several places in the mac80211 and ath5k code and I hope it can be useful in many other places in the kernel code. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 32 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/average.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..7706e40f95fa --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H +#define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H + +#include + +/* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ + +/* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ + +struct ewma { + unsigned long internal; + unsigned long factor; + unsigned long weight; +}; + +extern void ewma_init(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long factor, + unsigned long weight); + +extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); + +/** + * ewma_read() - Get average value + * @avg: Average structure + * + * Returns the average value held in @avg. + */ +static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) +{ + return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); +} + +#endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 10:58:48 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e498890..1ce3775e9e26 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,6 +1161,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1178,6 +1179,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 042957801626465492b9428860de39a3cb2a8219 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Fri, 12 Nov 2010 22:32:11 -0500 Subject: tracing/events: Show real number in array fields Currently we have in something like the sched_switch event: field:char prev_comm[TASK_COMM_LEN]; offset:12; size:16; signed:1; When a userspace tool such as perf tries to parse this, the TASK_COMM_LEN is meaningless. This is done because the TRACE_EVENT() macro simply uses a #len to show the string of the length. When the length is an enum, we get a string that means nothing for tools. By adding a static buffer and a mutex to protect it, we can store the string into that buffer with snprintf and show the actual number. Now we get: field:char prev_comm[16]; offset:12; size:16; signed:1; Something much more useful. Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/ftrace_event.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h index 725bf6bd39f7..47e3997f7b5c 100644 --- a/include/linux/ftrace_event.h +++ b/include/linux/ftrace_event.h @@ -225,6 +225,10 @@ enum { FILTER_PTR_STRING, }; +#define EVENT_STORAGE_SIZE 128 +extern struct mutex event_storage_mutex; +extern char event_storage[EVENT_STORAGE_SIZE]; + extern int trace_event_raw_init(struct ftrace_event_call *call); extern int trace_define_field(struct ftrace_event_call *call, const char *type, const char *name, int offset, int size, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 93aaae2e01e57483256b7da05c9a7ebd65ad4686 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 09:49:59 -0800 Subject: filter: optimize sk_run_filter Remove pc variable to avoid arithmetic to compute fentry at each filter instruction. Jumps directly manipulate fentry pointer. As the last instruction of filter[] is guaranteed to be a RETURN, and all jumps are before the last instruction, we dont need to check filter bounds (number of instructions in filter array) at each iteration, so we remove it from sk_run_filter() params. On x86_32 remove f_k var introduced in commit 57fe93b374a6b871 (filter: make sure filters dont read uninitialized memory) Note : We could use a CONFIG_ARCH_HAS_{FEW|MANY}_REGISTERS in order to avoid too many ifdefs in this code. This helps compiler to use cpu registers to hold fentry and A accumulator. On x86_32, this saves 401 bytes, and more important, sk_run_filter() runs much faster because less register pressure (One less conditional branch per BPF instruction) # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 2948 0 0 2948 b84 net/core/filter.o 3349 0 0 3349 d15 net/core/filter_pre.o on x86_64 : # size net/core/filter.o net/core/filter_pre.o text data bss dec hex filename 5173 0 0 5173 1435 net/core/filter.o 5224 0 0 5224 1468 net/core/filter_pre.o Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 151f5d703b7e..447a775878fb 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, - struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); + const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); extern int sk_chk_filter(struct sock_filter *filter, int flen); -- cgit v1.2.3 From eb06acdc85585f28864261f28659157848762ee4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sridhar Samudrala Date: Thu, 28 Oct 2010 13:10:50 +0000 Subject: macvlan: Introduce 'passthru' mode to takeover the underlying device With the current default 'vepa' mode, a KVM guest using virtio with macvtap backend has the following limitations. - cannot change/add a mac address on the guest virtio-net - cannot create a vlan device on the guest virtio-net - cannot enable promiscuous mode on guest virtio-net To address these limitations, this patch introduces a new mode called 'passthru' when creating a macvlan device which allows takeover of the underlying device and passing it to a guest using virtio with macvtap backend. Only one macvlan device is allowed in passthru mode and it inherits the mac address from the underlying device and sets it in promiscuous mode to receive and forward all the packets. Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala ------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_link.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_link.h b/include/linux/if_link.h index 2e02e4d7b11e..6485d2a89bec 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_link.h +++ b/include/linux/if_link.h @@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ enum macvlan_mode { MACVLAN_MODE_PRIVATE = 1, /* don't talk to other macvlans */ MACVLAN_MODE_VEPA = 2, /* talk to other ports through ext bridge */ MACVLAN_MODE_BRIDGE = 4, /* talk to bridge ports directly */ + MACVLAN_MODE_PASSTHRU = 8,/* take over the underlying device */ }; /* SR-IOV virtual function management section */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 293bb1c41b728d4aa248fe8a0acd2b9066ff5c34 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Giuseppe CAVALLARO Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 02:38:05 +0000 Subject: stmmac: add init/exit callback in plat_stmmacenet_data struct This patch adds in the plat_stmmacenet_data the init and exit callbacks that can be used for invoking specific platform functions. For example, on ST targets, these call the PAD manager functions to set PIO lines and syscfg registers. The patch removes the stmmac_claim_resource only used on STM Kernels as well. Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/stmmac.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/stmmac.h b/include/linux/stmmac.h index d66c61774d95..e10352915698 100644 --- a/include/linux/stmmac.h +++ b/include/linux/stmmac.h @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ struct plat_stmmacenet_data { int pmt; void (*fix_mac_speed)(void *priv, unsigned int speed); void (*bus_setup)(void __iomem *ioaddr); -#ifdef CONFIG_STM_DRIVERS - struct stm_pad_config *pad_config; -#endif + int (*init)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void (*exit)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void *custom_cfg; void *bsp_priv; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 456b61bca8ee324ab6c18b065e632c9a8c88aa39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 13:12:15 +0000 Subject: ipv6: mcast: RCU conversion ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock. readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore. struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace period. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ipv6.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ipv6.h b/include/linux/ipv6.h index 8e429d0e0405..0c997767429a 100644 --- a/include/linux/ipv6.h +++ b/include/linux/ipv6.h @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ struct ipv6_pinfo { __u32 dst_cookie; - struct ipv6_mc_socklist *ipv6_mc_list; + struct ipv6_mc_socklist __rcu *ipv6_mc_list; struct ipv6_ac_socklist *ipv6_ac_list; struct ipv6_fl_socklist *ipv6_fl_list; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3853b5841c01a3f492fe137afaad9c209e5162c6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:29 +0000 Subject: xps: Improvements in TX queue selection In dev_pick_tx, don't do work in calculating queue index or setting the index in the sock unless the device has more than one queue. This allows the sock to be set only with a queue index of a multi-queue device which is desirable if device are stacked like in a tunnel. We also allow the mapping of a socket to queue to be changed. To maintain in order packet transmission a flag (ooo_okay) has been added to the sk_buff structure. If a transport layer sets this flag on a packet, the transmit queue can be changed for the socket. Presumably, the transport would set this if there was no possbility of creating OOO packets (for instance, there are no packets in flight for the socket). This patch includes the modification in TCP output for setting this flag. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index e6ba898de61c..19f37a6ee6c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -386,9 +386,10 @@ struct sk_buff { #else __u8 deliver_no_wcard:1; #endif + __u8 ooo_okay:1; kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags2); - /* 0/14 bit hole */ + /* 0/13 bit hole */ #ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA dma_cookie_t dma_cookie; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1d24eb4815d1e0e8b451ecc546645f8ef1176d4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Sun, 21 Nov 2010 13:17:27 +0000 Subject: xps: Transmit Packet Steering This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion steering). Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a per queue basis in: /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use. The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that each CPU has it's own queue. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. bnx2x on 16 core AMD XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 30 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index b45c1b8b1d19..badf9285fe0d 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -503,6 +503,10 @@ struct netdev_queue { struct Qdisc *qdisc; unsigned long state; struct Qdisc *qdisc_sleeping; +#ifdef CONFIG_RPS + struct kobject kobj; +#endif + /* * write mostly part */ @@ -529,6 +533,30 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) + /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -1016,6 +1044,8 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; + struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From ccb14354017272ddac002e859a2711610b6af174 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "John W. Linville" Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 16:18:36 -0500 Subject: Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average" This reverts commit 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae. This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 -- 1 file changed, 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1ce3775e9e26..037b4e498890 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1161,7 +1161,6 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) - * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info_txrate. * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (u32, from this station) @@ -1179,7 +1178,6 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, - NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c063dbf52b998b852122dff07a8b8dd430b38437 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 08:10:05 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: allow using CQM event to notify packet loss This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events to notify about packet loss for specific stations (which could be the AP for the managed mode case). Since the threshold might be determined by the driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be passed out of the driver to userspace in the event. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 037b4e498890..d706bf3badc8 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1819,6 +1819,8 @@ enum nl80211_ps_state { * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event + * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many + * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1827,6 +1829,7 @@ enum nl80211_attr_cqm { NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, + NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, /* keep last */ __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6d803ba736abb5e122dede70a4720e4843dd6df4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jean-Christop PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 10:04:33 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6483/1: arm & sh: factorised duplicated clkdev.c factorise some generic infrastructure to assist looking up struct clks for the ARM & SH architecture. as the code is identical at 99% put the arch specific code for allocation as example in asm/clkdev.h Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD Acked-by: Paul Mundt Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/clkdev.h | 36 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 36 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/clkdev.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/clkdev.h b/include/linux/clkdev.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..457bcb0a310a --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/clkdev.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* + * include/linux/clkdev.h + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 Russell King. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * Helper for the clk API to assist looking up a struct clk. + */ +#ifndef __CLKDEV_H +#define __CLKDEV_H + +#include + +struct clk; +struct device; + +struct clk_lookup { + struct list_head node; + const char *dev_id; + const char *con_id; + struct clk *clk; +}; + +struct clk_lookup *clkdev_alloc(struct clk *clk, const char *con_id, + const char *dev_fmt, ...); + +void clkdev_add(struct clk_lookup *cl); +void clkdev_drop(struct clk_lookup *cl); + +void clkdev_add_table(struct clk_lookup *, size_t); +int clk_add_alias(const char *, const char *, char *, struct device *); + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 65500fa94aaeb3475e39c0c5180f188014164ca4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Linus Walleij Date: Thu, 4 Nov 2010 13:06:59 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6467/1: amba: optional PrimeCell core voltage switch On some contemporary sub-micron SoCs, peripherals on the chip have power domain switches, i.e. the voltage to the core may be turned off to conserve power. In the Ux500 we have this for out PrimeCell derivates. This patch makes it possible to specify an (optional) regulator to handle the voltage domain switch on AMBA PrimeCells, modeled very similar to how block clocks are handled. Additional amba_vcore_[enable|disable] calls are supplied to make it possible introduce optional powering off of the core voltage. Using this will require code to spool/unspool any core HW state. Cc: Rabin Vincent Cc: Bengt Jonsson Cc: Jonas Aaberg Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/bus.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/bus.h b/include/linux/amba/bus.h index c6454cca0447..9e7f259346e1 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/bus.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/bus.h @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #define AMBA_NR_IRQS 2 #define AMBA_CID 0xb105f00d @@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ struct amba_device { struct device dev; struct resource res; struct clk *pclk; + struct regulator *vcore; u64 dma_mask; unsigned int periphid; unsigned int irq[AMBA_NR_IRQS]; @@ -71,6 +73,12 @@ void amba_release_regions(struct amba_device *); #define amba_pclk_disable(d) \ do { if (!IS_ERR((d)->pclk)) clk_disable((d)->pclk); } while (0) +#define amba_vcore_enable(d) \ + (IS_ERR((d)->vcore) ? 0 : regulator_enable((d)->vcore)) + +#define amba_vcore_disable(d) \ + do { if (!IS_ERR((d)->vcore)) regulator_disable((d)->vcore); } while (0) + /* Some drivers don't use the struct amba_device */ #define AMBA_CONFIG_BITS(a) (((a) >> 24) & 0xff) #define AMBA_REV_BITS(a) (((a) >> 20) & 0x0f) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 335d7afbfb71faac833734a94240c1e07cf0ead8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Gerald Schaefer Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 15:47:36 +0100 Subject: mutexes, sched: Introduce arch_mutex_cpu_relax() The spinning mutex implementation uses cpu_relax() in busy loops as a compiler barrier. Depending on the architecture, cpu_relax() may do more than needed in this specific mutex spin loops. On System z we also give up the time slice of the virtual cpu in cpu_relax(), which prevents effective spinning on the mutex. This patch replaces cpu_relax() in the spinning mutex code with arch_mutex_cpu_relax(), which can be defined by each architecture that selects HAVE_ARCH_MUTEX_CPU_RELAX. The default is still cpu_relax(), so this patch should not affect other architectures than System z for now. Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290437256.7455.4.camel@thinkpad> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/mutex.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mutex.h b/include/linux/mutex.h index f363bc8fdc74..94b48bd40dd7 100644 --- a/include/linux/mutex.h +++ b/include/linux/mutex.h @@ -160,4 +160,8 @@ extern int mutex_trylock(struct mutex *lock); extern void mutex_unlock(struct mutex *lock); extern int atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock(atomic_t *cnt, struct mutex *lock); +#ifndef CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_MUTEX_CPU_RELAX +#define arch_mutex_cpu_relax() cpu_relax() +#endif + #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6c7e550f13f8ad82efb6a5653ae628c2543c1768 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Franck Bui-Huu Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 16:21:43 +0100 Subject: perf: Introduce is_sampling_event() and use it when appropriate. Signed-off-by: Franck Bui-Huu Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290525705-6265-1-git-send-email-fbuihuu@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index de2c41758e29..cbf04cc1e630 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -969,6 +969,11 @@ extern int perf_event_overflow(struct perf_event *event, int nmi, struct perf_sample_data *data, struct pt_regs *regs); +static inline bool is_sampling_event(struct perf_event *event) +{ + return event->attr.sample_period != 0; +} + /* * Return 1 for a software event, 0 for a hardware event */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 004417a6d468e24399e383645c068b498eed84ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 18:38:29 +0100 Subject: perf, arch: Cleanup perf-pmu init vs lockup-detector The perf hardware pmu got initialized at various points in the boot, some before early_initcall() some after (notably arch_initcall). The problem is that the NMI lockup detector is ran from early_initcall() and expects the hardware pmu to be present. Sanitize this by moving all architecture hardware pmu implementations to initialize at early_initcall() and move the lockup detector to an explicit initcall right after that. Cc: paulus Cc: davem Cc: Michael Cree Cc: Deng-Cheng Zhu Acked-by: Paul Mundt Acked-by: Will Deacon Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1290707759.2145.119.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 2c79e921a68b..d2e63d1e725c 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -316,6 +316,7 @@ extern int proc_dowatchdog_thresh(struct ctl_table *table, int write, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos); extern unsigned int softlockup_panic; extern int softlockup_thresh; +void lockup_detector_init(void); #else static inline void touch_softlockup_watchdog(void) { @@ -326,6 +327,9 @@ static inline void touch_softlockup_watchdog_sync(void) static inline void touch_all_softlockup_watchdogs(void) { } +static inline void lockup_detector_init(void) +{ +} #endif #ifdef CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5a0d2268d259886f0c87131639d19eb4a67b4532 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 23 Nov 2010 10:42:02 +0000 Subject: net: add netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped When testing struct netdev_queue state against FROZEN bit, we also test XOFF bit. We can test both bits at once and save some cycles. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index badf9285fe0d..7c6ae2f4b9ab 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -493,6 +493,8 @@ static inline void napi_synchronize(const struct napi_struct *n) enum netdev_queue_state_t { __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF, __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, +#define QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN ((1 << __QUEUE_STATE_XOFF) | \ + (1 << __QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN)) }; struct netdev_queue { @@ -1629,9 +1631,9 @@ static inline int netif_queue_stopped(const struct net_device *dev) return netif_tx_queue_stopped(netdev_get_tx_queue(dev, 0)); } -static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) +static inline int netif_tx_queue_frozen_or_stopped(const struct netdev_queue *dev_queue) { - return test_bit(__QUEUE_STATE_FROZEN, &dev_queue->state); + return dev_queue->state & QUEUE_STATE_XOFF_OR_FROZEN; } /** -- cgit v1.2.3 From bf26414510103448ad3dc069c7422462f03ea3d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Herbert Date: Fri, 26 Nov 2010 08:36:09 +0000 Subject: xps: Add CONFIG_XPS This patch adds XPS_CONFIG option to enable and disable XPS. This is done in the same manner as RPS_CONFIG. This is also fixes build failure in XPS code when SMP is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 7c6ae2f4b9ab..9ae4544f0cf0 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -535,30 +535,6 @@ struct rps_map { }; #define RPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct rps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -/* - * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The - * map is an array of queues. - */ -struct xps_map { - unsigned int len; - unsigned int alloc_len; - struct rcu_head rcu; - u16 queues[0]; -}; -#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) -#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ - / sizeof(u16)) - -/* - * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. - */ -struct xps_dev_maps { - struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; -}; -#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ - (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) - /* * The rps_dev_flow structure contains the mapping of a flow to a CPU and the * tail pointer for that CPU's input queue at the time of last enqueue. @@ -626,6 +602,32 @@ struct netdev_rx_queue { } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; #endif /* CONFIG_RPS */ +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS +/* + * This structure holds an XPS map which can be of variable length. The + * map is an array of queues. + */ +struct xps_map { + unsigned int len; + unsigned int alloc_len; + struct rcu_head rcu; + u16 queues[0]; +}; +#define XPS_MAP_SIZE(_num) (sizeof(struct xps_map) + (_num * sizeof(u16))) +#define XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC ((L1_CACHE_BYTES - sizeof(struct xps_map)) \ + / sizeof(u16)) + +/* + * This structure holds all XPS maps for device. Maps are indexed by CPU. + */ +struct xps_dev_maps { + struct rcu_head rcu; + struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; +}; +#define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ + (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) +#endif /* CONFIG_XPS */ + /* * This structure defines the management hooks for network devices. * The following hooks can be defined; unless noted otherwise, they are @@ -1046,7 +1048,9 @@ struct net_device { unsigned long tx_queue_len; /* Max frames per queue allowed */ spinlock_t tx_global_lock; +#ifdef CONFIG_XPS struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; +#endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a41778694806ac1ccd4b1dafed1abef8d5ba98ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 21:43:02 +0000 Subject: xps: add __rcu annotations Avoid sparse warnings : add __rcu annotations and use rcu_dereference_protected() where necessary. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 9ae4544f0cf0..4b0c7f3aa32b 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ struct xps_map { */ struct xps_dev_maps { struct rcu_head rcu; - struct xps_map *cpu_map[0]; + struct xps_map __rcu *cpu_map[0]; }; #define XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE (sizeof(struct xps_dev_maps) + \ (nr_cpu_ids * sizeof(struct xps_map *))) @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ struct net_device { spinlock_t tx_global_lock; #ifdef CONFIG_XPS - struct xps_dev_maps *xps_maps; + struct xps_dev_maps __rcu *xps_maps; #endif /* These may be needed for future network-power-down code. */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From f7ca38dfe58c20cb1aa2ed9643187e8b194b5bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 25 Nov 2010 10:02:29 +0100 Subject: nl80211/cfg80211: extend mgmt-tx API for off-channel With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit a frame (typically an action frame) on another channel than the current channel. Enable this through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait for a response. A new command allows that wait to be aborted. However, allow userspace to specify whether or not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may actually want to use the same channel only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index d706bf3badc8..5cfa579df476 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -358,11 +358,16 @@ * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and * optionally %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE) is used to indicate on - * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. This - * channel has to be the current channel (remain-on-channel or the - * operational channel). When called, this operation returns a cookie - * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the TX status event - * pertaining to the TX request. + * which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was received. If this + * channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel or the + * operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel and + * transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time + * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation + * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the + * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. + * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this + * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait + * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies @@ -493,6 +498,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, + NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ @@ -828,6 +835,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * + * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be + * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match + * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this + * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an + * nl80211 capability flag. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1002,6 +1015,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, + NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24278d148316d2180be6df40e06db013d8b232b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Mon, 27 Sep 2010 17:25:23 -0700 Subject: rcu: priority boosting for TINY_PREEMPT_RCU Add priority boosting, but only for TINY_PREEMPT_RCU. This is enabled by the default-off RCU_BOOST kernel parameter. The priority to which to boost preempted RCU readers is controlled by the RCU_BOOST_PRIO kernel parameter (defaulting to real-time priority 1) and the time to wait before boosting the readers blocking a given grace period is controlled by the RCU_BOOST_DELAY kernel parameter (defaulting to 500 milliseconds). Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/init_task.h | 9 ++++++++- include/linux/sched.h | 11 +++++++++-- 2 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/init_task.h b/include/linux/init_task.h index 2fea6c8ef6ba..69f91aacdeee 100644 --- a/include/linux/init_task.h +++ b/include/linux/init_task.h @@ -81,6 +81,12 @@ extern struct group_info init_groups; */ # define CAP_INIT_BSET CAP_FULL_SET +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST +#define INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() \ + .rcu_boost_mutex = NULL, +#else +#define INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() +#endif #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU #define INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() \ .rcu_blocked_node = NULL, @@ -92,7 +98,8 @@ extern struct group_info init_groups; .rcu_read_lock_nesting = 0, \ .rcu_read_unlock_special = 0, \ .rcu_node_entry = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.rcu_node_entry), \ - INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() + INIT_TASK_RCU_TREE_PREEMPT() \ + INIT_TASK_RCU_BOOST() #else #define INIT_TASK_RCU_PREEMPT(tsk) #endif diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index e18473f0eb78..ed1a9bc52b2f 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1210,6 +1210,9 @@ struct task_struct { #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU struct rcu_node *rcu_blocked_node; #endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST + struct rt_mutex *rcu_boost_mutex; +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST */ #if defined(CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS) || defined(CONFIG_TASK_DELAY_ACCT) struct sched_info sched_info; @@ -1745,7 +1748,8 @@ extern void thread_group_times(struct task_struct *p, cputime_t *ut, cputime_t * #ifdef CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU #define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_BLOCKED (1 << 0) /* blocked while in RCU read-side. */ -#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_NEED_QS (1 << 1) /* RCU core needs CPU response. */ +#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_BOOSTED (1 << 1) /* boosted while in RCU read-side. */ +#define RCU_READ_UNLOCK_NEED_QS (1 << 2) /* RCU core needs CPU response. */ static inline void rcu_copy_process(struct task_struct *p) { @@ -1753,7 +1757,10 @@ static inline void rcu_copy_process(struct task_struct *p) p->rcu_read_unlock_special = 0; #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU p->rcu_blocked_node = NULL; -#endif +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ +#ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST + p->rcu_boost_mutex = NULL; +#endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_BOOST */ INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->rcu_node_entry); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b27d5475f86186914e54e4a6bb994e9a985337b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lai Jiangshan Date: Thu, 21 Oct 2010 11:29:05 +0800 Subject: rcu,cleanup: move synchronize_sched_expedited() out of sched.c The first version of synchronize_sched_expedited() used the migration code in the scheduler, and was therefore implemented in kernel/sched.c. However, the more recent version of this code no longer uses the migration code, so this commit moves it to the main RCU source files. Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 1 - include/linux/rcutiny.h | 5 +++++ include/linux/rcutree.h | 1 + 3 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 7142ee3304ab..49e8e16308e1 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ extern void call_rcu_sched(struct rcu_head *head, extern void synchronize_sched(void); extern void rcu_barrier_bh(void); extern void rcu_barrier_sched(void); -extern void synchronize_sched_expedited(void); extern int sched_expedited_torture_stats(char *page); static inline void __rcu_read_lock_bh(void) diff --git a/include/linux/rcutiny.h b/include/linux/rcutiny.h index ea025a611fcc..30ebd7c8d874 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutiny.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutiny.h @@ -60,6 +60,11 @@ static inline void synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(void) synchronize_sched(); } +static inline void synchronize_sched_expedited(void) +{ + synchronize_sched(); +} + #ifdef CONFIG_TINY_RCU static inline void rcu_preempt_note_context_switch(void) diff --git a/include/linux/rcutree.h b/include/linux/rcutree.h index c0e96833aa73..3a933482734a 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcutree.h +++ b/include/linux/rcutree.h @@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ static inline void exit_rcu(void) #endif /* #else #ifdef CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU */ extern void synchronize_rcu_bh(void); +extern void synchronize_sched_expedited(void); extern void synchronize_rcu_expedited(void); static inline void synchronize_rcu_bh_expedited(void) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9833c39400c3e6ee19daeded6910df648741611e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mika Westerberg Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 09:29:24 +0100 Subject: ARM: 6485/5: proc/vmcore - allow archs to override vmcore_elf_check_arch() Allow architectures to redefine this macro if needed. This is useful for example in architectures where 64-bit ELF vmcores are not supported. Specifying zero vmcore_elf64_check_arch() allows compiler to optimize away unnecessary parts of parse_crash_elf64_headers(). We also rename the macro to vmcore_elf64_check_arch() to reflect that it is used for 64-bit vmcores only. Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/crash_dump.h | 9 ++++++++- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/crash_dump.h b/include/linux/crash_dump.h index 0026f267da20..088cd4ace4ef 100644 --- a/include/linux/crash_dump.h +++ b/include/linux/crash_dump.h @@ -20,7 +20,14 @@ extern ssize_t copy_oldmem_page(unsigned long, char *, size_t, #define vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x) 0 #endif -#define vmcore_elf_check_arch(x) (elf_check_arch(x) || vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x)) +/* + * Architecture code can redefine this if there are any special checks + * needed for 64-bit ELF vmcores. In case of 32-bit only architecture, + * this can be set to zero. + */ +#ifndef vmcore_elf64_check_arch +#define vmcore_elf64_check_arch(x) (elf_check_arch(x) || vmcore_elf_check_arch_cross(x)) +#endif /* * is_kdump_kernel() checks whether this kernel is booting after a panic of -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5091faa449ee0b7d73bc296a93bca9540fc51d0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Galbraith Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 14:18:03 +0100 Subject: sched: Add 'autogroup' scheduling feature: automated per session task groups A recurring complaint from CFS users is that parallel kbuild has a negative impact on desktop interactivity. This patch implements an idea from Linus, to automatically create task groups. Currently, only per session autogroups are implemented, but the patch leaves the way open for enhancement. Implementation: each task's signal struct contains an inherited pointer to a refcounted autogroup struct containing a task group pointer, the default for all tasks pointing to the init_task_group. When a task calls setsid(), a new task group is created, the process is moved into the new task group, and a reference to the preveious task group is dropped. Child processes inherit this task group thereafter, and increase it's refcount. When the last thread of a process exits, the process's reference is dropped, such that when the last process referencing an autogroup exits, the autogroup is destroyed. At runqueue selection time, IFF a task has no cgroup assignment, its current autogroup is used. Autogroup bandwidth is controllable via setting it's nice level through the proc filesystem: cat /proc//autogroup Displays the task's group and the group's nice level. echo > /proc//autogroup Sets the task group's shares to the weight of nice task. Setting nice level is rate limited for !admin users due to the abuse risk of task group locking. The feature is enabled from boot by default if CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP=y is selected, but can be disabled via the boot option noautogroup, and can also be turned on/off on the fly via: echo [01] > /proc/sys/kernel/sched_autogroup_enabled ... which will automatically move tasks to/from the root task group. Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith Acked-by: Linus Torvalds Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Markus Trippelsdorf Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: Paul Turner Cc: Oleg Nesterov [ Removed the task_group_path() debug code, and fixed !EVENTFD build failure. ] Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar LKML-Reference: <1290281700.28711.9.camel@maggy.simson.net> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 23 +++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index a5b92c70c737..9c2d46da486e 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -509,6 +509,8 @@ struct thread_group_cputimer { spinlock_t lock; }; +struct autogroup; + /* * NOTE! "signal_struct" does not have it's own * locking, because a shared signal_struct always @@ -576,6 +578,9 @@ struct signal_struct { struct tty_struct *tty; /* NULL if no tty */ +#ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP + struct autogroup *autogroup; +#endif /* * Cumulative resource counters for dead threads in the group, * and for reaped dead child processes forked by this group. @@ -1927,6 +1932,24 @@ int sched_rt_handler(struct ctl_table *table, int write, extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_compat_yield; +#ifdef CONFIG_SCHED_AUTOGROUP +extern unsigned int sysctl_sched_autogroup_enabled; + +extern void sched_autogroup_create_attach(struct task_struct *p); +extern void sched_autogroup_detach(struct task_struct *p); +extern void sched_autogroup_fork(struct signal_struct *sig); +extern void sched_autogroup_exit(struct signal_struct *sig); +#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS +extern void proc_sched_autogroup_show_task(struct task_struct *p, struct seq_file *m); +extern int proc_sched_autogroup_set_nice(struct task_struct *p, int *nice); +#endif +#else +static inline void sched_autogroup_create_attach(struct task_struct *p) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_detach(struct task_struct *p) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_fork(struct signal_struct *sig) { } +static inline void sched_autogroup_exit(struct signal_struct *sig) { } +#endif + #ifdef CONFIG_RT_MUTEXES extern int rt_mutex_getprio(struct task_struct *p); extern void rt_mutex_setprio(struct task_struct *p, int prio); -- cgit v1.2.3 From c320c7b7d380e630f595de1236d9d085b035d5b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Wed, 20 Oct 2010 12:50:11 -0200 Subject: perf events: Precalculate the header space for PERF_SAMPLE_ fields MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit PERF_SAMPLE_{CALLCHAIN,RAW} have variable lenghts per sample, but the others can be precalculated, reducing a bit the per sample cost. Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index cbf04cc1e630..adf6d9931643 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -758,6 +758,8 @@ struct perf_event { u64 shadow_ctx_time; struct perf_event_attr attr; + u16 header_size; + u16 read_size; struct hw_perf_event hw; struct perf_event_context *ctx; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f2cd2d3e9b3ef960612e362f0ad129d735452df2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 08:14:37 +0000 Subject: net sched: use xps information for qdisc NUMA affinity Allocate qdisc memory according to NUMA properties of cpus included in xps map. To be effective, qdisc should be (re)setup after changes of /sys/class/net/eth/queues/tx-/xps_cpus I added a numa_node field in struct netdev_queue, containing NUMA node if all cpus included in xps_cpus share same node, else -1. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Ben Hutchings Cc: Tom Herbert Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 4b0c7f3aa32b..a9ac5dc26e3c 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -508,7 +508,9 @@ struct netdev_queue { #ifdef CONFIG_RPS struct kobject kobj; #endif - +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + int numa_node; +#endif /* * write mostly part */ @@ -523,6 +525,22 @@ struct netdev_queue { u64 tx_dropped; } ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp; +static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + return q->numa_node; +#else + return -1; +#endif +} + +static inline void netdev_queue_numa_node_write(struct netdev_queue *q, int node) +{ +#if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) + q->numa_node = node; +#endif +} + #ifdef CONFIG_RPS /* * This structure holds an RPS map which can be of variable length. The -- cgit v1.2.3 From 172c69a47675dc1ca9c7243c031d8d77701bccc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Rafa=C5=82=20Mi=C5=82ecki?= Date: Sun, 28 Nov 2010 10:39:35 +0100 Subject: ssb: extract indexes for power tables MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki Acked-by: Michael Buesch Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ssb/ssb.h | 4 ++++ include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 44 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h index 623b704fdc42..9659eff52ca2 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb.h @@ -55,6 +55,10 @@ struct ssb_sprom { u8 tri5gl; /* 5.2GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5g; /* 5.3GHz TX isolation */ u8 tri5gh; /* 5.8GHz TX isolation */ + u8 txpid2g[4]; /* 2GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gl[4]; /* 4.9 - 5.1GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5g[4]; /* 5.1 - 5.5GHz TX power index */ + u8 txpid5gh[4]; /* 5.5 - ...GHz TX power index */ u8 rxpo2g; /* 2GHz RX power offset */ u8 rxpo5g; /* 5GHz RX power offset */ u8 rssisav2g; /* 2GHz RSSI params */ diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h index 11daf9c140e7..489f7b6d61c5 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_regs.h @@ -299,6 +299,46 @@ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN2_SHIFT 0 #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3 0xFF00 /* Antenna 3 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_AGAIN3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G01 0x0062 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G23 0x0064 /* TX Power Index 2GHz */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID2G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G01 0x0066 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G23 0x0068 /* TX Power Index 5GHz middle subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5G3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL01 0x006A /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL23 0x006C /* TX Power Index 5GHz low subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GL3_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH01 0x006E /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH0_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH1_SHIFT 8 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH23 0x0070 /* TX Power Index 5GHz high subband */ +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2 0x00FF +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH2_SHIFT 0 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3 0xFF00 +#define SSB_SPROM4_TXPID5GH3_SHIFT 8 #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG 0x0080 /* Max Power BG in path 1 */ #define SSB_SPROM4_MAXP_BG_MASK 0x00FF /* Mask for Max Power BG */ #define SSB_SPROM4_ITSSI_BG 0xFF00 /* Mask for path 1 itssi_bg */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 87de5ac782761a3ebf806e434e8c9cc205a87274 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Mon, 20 Sep 2010 17:42:46 -0700 Subject: timers: Introduce timerlist infrastructure. The timerlist infrastructure is a thin layer over the rbtree code that implements a simple list of timers sorted by an expires value, and a getnext function that provides a pointer to the earliest timer. This infrastructure allows drivers and other kernel infrastructure to easily implement timers without duplicating code. Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-2-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/timerlist.h | 37 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 37 insertions(+) create mode 100644 include/linux/timerlist.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timerlist.h b/include/linux/timerlist.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c46b28ae6e4d --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/timerlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H +#define _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H + +#include +#include + + +struct timerlist_node { + struct rb_node node; + ktime_t expires; +}; + +struct timerlist_head { + struct rb_root head; + struct timerlist_node *next; +}; + + +extern void timerlist_add(struct timerlist_head *head, + struct timerlist_node *node); +extern void timerlist_del(struct timerlist_head *head, + struct timerlist_node *node); +extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_getnext(struct timerlist_head *head); +extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_iterate_next( + struct timerlist_node *node); + +static inline void timerlist_init(struct timerlist_node *node) +{ + RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); +} + +static inline void timerlist_init_head(struct timerlist_head *head) +{ + head->head = RB_ROOT; + head->next = NULL; +} +#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 287050d390264402e11bea8b811859e42e8faa29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Steven Rostedt Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 16:46:18 -0500 Subject: tracing: Add TRACE_EVENT_CONDITIONAL() There are instances in the kernel that we only want to trace a tracepoint when a certain condition is set. But we do not want to test for that condition in the core kernel. If we test for that condition before calling the tracepoin, then we will be performing that test even when tracing is not enabled. This is 99.99% of the time. We currently can just filter out on that condition, but that happens after we write to the trace buffer. We just wasted time writing to the ring buffer for an event we never cared about. This patch adds: TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION() and DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION() These have a new TP_CONDITION() argument that comes right after the TP_ARGS(). This condition can use the parameters of TP_ARGS() in the TRACE_EVENT() to determine if the tracepoint should be traced or not. The TP_CONDITION() will be placed in a if (cond) trace; For example, for the tracepoint sched_wakeup, it is useless to trace a wakeup event where the caller never actually wakes anything up (where success == 0). So adding: TP_CONDITION(success), which uses the "success" parameter of the wakeup tracepoint will have it only trace when we have successfully woken up a task. Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers Acked-by: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Arjan van de Ven Cc: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt --- include/linux/tracepoint.h | 29 +++++++++++++++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tracepoint.h b/include/linux/tracepoint.h index 5a6074fcd81d..d3e4f87e95c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/tracepoint.h +++ b/include/linux/tracepoint.h @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, #define TP_PROTO(args...) args #define TP_ARGS(args...) args +#define TP_CONDITION(args...) args #ifdef CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS @@ -119,12 +120,14 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, * as "(void *, void)". The DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS() will pass in just * "void *data", where as the DECLARE_TRACE() will pass in "void *data, proto". */ -#define __DO_TRACE(tp, proto, args) \ +#define __DO_TRACE(tp, proto, args, cond) \ do { \ struct tracepoint_func *it_func_ptr; \ void *it_func; \ void *__data; \ \ + if (!(cond)) \ + return; \ rcu_read_lock_sched_notrace(); \ it_func_ptr = rcu_dereference_sched((tp)->funcs); \ if (it_func_ptr) { \ @@ -142,7 +145,7 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, * not add unwanted padding between the beginning of the section and the * structure. Force alignment to the same alignment as the section start. */ -#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, data_proto, data_args) \ +#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, cond, data_proto, data_args) \ extern struct tracepoint __tracepoint_##name; \ static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ { \ @@ -151,7 +154,8 @@ static inline void tracepoint_update_probe_range(struct tracepoint *begin, do_trace: \ __DO_TRACE(&__tracepoint_##name, \ TP_PROTO(data_proto), \ - TP_ARGS(data_args)); \ + TP_ARGS(data_args), \ + TP_CONDITION(cond)); \ } \ static inline int \ register_trace_##name(void (*probe)(data_proto), void *data) \ @@ -186,7 +190,7 @@ do_trace: \ EXPORT_SYMBOL(__tracepoint_##name) #else /* !CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS */ -#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, data_proto, data_args) \ +#define __DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args, cond, data_proto, data_args) \ static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ { } \ static inline int \ @@ -227,13 +231,18 @@ do_trace: \ * "void *__data, proto" as the callback prototype. */ #define DECLARE_TRACE_NOARGS(name) \ - __DECLARE_TRACE(name, void, , void *__data, __data) + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, void, , 1, void *__data, __data) #define DECLARE_TRACE(name, proto, args) \ - __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), \ + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), 1, \ PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ PARAMS(__data, args)) +#define DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, proto, args, cond) \ + __DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond), \ + PARAMS(void *__data, proto), \ + PARAMS(__data, args)) + #define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) #endif /* DECLARE_TRACE */ @@ -349,12 +358,20 @@ do_trace: \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) #define DEFINE_EVENT_PRINT(template, name, proto, args, print) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define DEFINE_EVENT_CONDITION(template, name, proto, \ + args, cond) \ + DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, PARAMS(proto), \ + PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond)) #define TRACE_EVENT(name, proto, args, struct, assign, print) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) #define TRACE_EVENT_FN(name, proto, args, struct, \ assign, print, reg, unreg) \ DECLARE_TRACE(name, PARAMS(proto), PARAMS(args)) +#define TRACE_EVENT_CONDITION(name, proto, args, cond, \ + struct, assign, print) \ + DECLARE_TRACE_CONDITION(name, PARAMS(proto), \ + PARAMS(args), PARAMS(cond)) #define TRACE_EVENT_FLAGS(event, flag) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6844c09d849aeb00e8ddfe9525e8567a531c22d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 16:36:35 -0200 Subject: perf events: Separate the routines handling the PERF_SAMPLE_ identity fields MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Those will be made available in sample like events like MMAP, EXEC, etc in a followup patch. So precalculate the extra id header space and have a separate routine to fill them up. V2: Thomas noticed that the id header needs to be precalculated at inherit_events too: LKML-Reference: Tested-by: Thomas Gleixner Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Ian Munsie Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian Cc: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: <1291318772-30880-2-git-send-email-acme@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index adf6d9931643..b9950b1620d8 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -759,6 +759,7 @@ struct perf_event { struct perf_event_attr attr; u16 header_size; + u16 id_header_size; u16 read_size; struct hw_perf_event hw; -- cgit v1.2.3 From c980d1091810df13f21aabbce545fd98f545bbf7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo Date: Sat, 4 Dec 2010 23:02:20 -0200 Subject: perf events: Make sample_type identity fields available in all PERF_RECORD_ events MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit If perf_event_attr.sample_id_all is set it will add the PERF_SAMPLE_ identity info: TID, TIME, ID, CPU, STREAM_ID As a trailer, so that older perf tools can process new files, just ignoring the extra payload. With this its possible to do further analysis on problems in the event stream, like detecting reordering of MMAP and FORK events, etc. V2: Fixup header size in comm, mmap and task processing, as we have to take into account different sample_types for each matching event, noticed by Thomas Gleixner. Thomas also noticed a problem in v2 where if we didn't had space in the buffer we wouldn't restore the header size. Tested-by: Thomas Gleixner Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner Acked-by: Ian Munsie Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: Frédéric Weisbecker Cc: Ian Munsie Cc: Mike Galbraith Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Paul Mackerras Cc: Stephane Eranian Cc: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 12 +++++++++++- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index b9950b1620d8..2814ead4adb8 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -215,8 +215,9 @@ struct perf_event_attr { */ precise_ip : 2, /* skid constraint */ mmap_data : 1, /* non-exec mmap data */ + sample_id_all : 1, /* sample_type all events */ - __reserved_1 : 46; + __reserved_1 : 45; union { __u32 wakeup_events; /* wakeup every n events */ @@ -327,6 +328,15 @@ struct perf_event_header { enum perf_event_type { /* + * If perf_event_attr.sample_id_all is set then all event types will + * have the sample_type selected fields related to where/when + * (identity) an event took place (TID, TIME, ID, CPU, STREAM_ID) + * described in PERF_RECORD_SAMPLE below, it will be stashed just after + * the perf_event_header and the fields already present for the existing + * fields, i.e. at the end of the payload. That way a newer perf.data + * file will be supported by older perf tools, with these new optional + * fields being ignored. + * * The MMAP events record the PROT_EXEC mappings so that we can * correlate userspace IPs to code. They have the following structure: * -- cgit v1.2.3 From cd7ebe2298ff1c3112232878678ce5fe6be8a15b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Masami Hiramatsu Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 18:54:28 +0900 Subject: kprobes: Use text_poke_smp_batch for optimizing Use text_poke_smp_batch() in optimization path for reducing the number of stop_machine() issues. If the number of optimizing probes is more than MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES(=256), kprobes optimizes first MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES probes and kicks optimizer for remaining probes. Changes in v5: - Use kick_kprobe_optimizer() instead of directly calling schedule_delayed_work(). - Rescheduling optimizer outside of kprobe mutex lock. Changes in v2: - Allocate code buffer and parameters in arch_init_kprobes() instead of using static arraies. - Merge previous max optimization limit patch into this patch. So, this patch introduces upper limit of optimization at once. Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: 2nddept-manager@sdl.hitachi.co.jp Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Steven Rostedt LKML-Reference: <20101203095428.2961.8994.stgit@ltc236.sdl.hitachi.co.jp> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index e7d1b2e0070d..fe157ba6aa0e 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ extern int arch_prepared_optinsn(struct arch_optimized_insn *optinsn); extern int arch_check_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern int arch_prepare_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_remove_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); -extern int arch_optimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); +extern void arch_optimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist); extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern kprobe_opcode_t *get_optinsn_slot(void); extern void free_optinsn_slot(kprobe_opcode_t *slot, int dirty); -- cgit v1.2.3 From f984ba4eb575e4a27ed28a76d4126d2aa9233c32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Masami Hiramatsu Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 18:54:34 +0900 Subject: kprobes: Use text_poke_smp_batch for unoptimizing Use text_poke_smp_batch() on unoptimization path for reducing the number of stop_machine() issues. If the number of unoptimizing probes is more than MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES(=256), kprobes unoptimizes first MAX_OPTIMIZE_PROBES probes and kicks optimizer for remaining probes. Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu Cc: Rusty Russell Cc: Frederic Weisbecker Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli Cc: Jason Baron Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers Cc: 2nddept-manager@sdl.hitachi.co.jp Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: Steven Rostedt LKML-Reference: <20101203095434.2961.22657.stgit@ltc236.sdl.hitachi.co.jp> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/kprobes.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kprobes.h b/include/linux/kprobes.h index fe157ba6aa0e..b78edb58ee66 100644 --- a/include/linux/kprobes.h +++ b/include/linux/kprobes.h @@ -276,6 +276,8 @@ extern int arch_check_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern int arch_prepare_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_remove_optimized_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern void arch_optimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist); +extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobes(struct list_head *oplist, + struct list_head *done_list); extern void arch_unoptimize_kprobe(struct optimized_kprobe *op); extern kprobe_opcode_t *get_optinsn_slot(void); extern void free_optinsn_slot(kprobe_opcode_t *slot, int dirty); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3110f5f5545a645c50ef66b1f705d08dfd1df404 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Matt Carlson Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 08:28:50 +0000 Subject: tg3: Move EEE definitions into mdio.h In commit 52b02d04c801fff51ca49ad033210846d1713253 entitled "tg3: Add EEE support", Ben Hutchings had commented that the EEE advertisement register will be in a standard location. This patch moves that definition into mdio.h and changes the code to use it. Signed-off-by: Matt Carlson Reviewed-by: Benjamin Li Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/mdio.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mdio.h b/include/linux/mdio.h index c779b49a1fda..b1494aced217 100644 --- a/include/linux/mdio.h +++ b/include/linux/mdio.h @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ #define MDIO_PCS_10GBRT_STAT2 33 /* 10GBASE-R/-T PCS status 2 */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL 32 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation control */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT 33 /* 10GBASE-T auto-negotiation status */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV 60 /* EEE advertisement */ /* LASI (Link Alarm Status Interrupt) registers, defined by XENPAK MSA. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RXCTRL 0x9000 /* RX_ALARM control */ @@ -235,6 +236,10 @@ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MS 0x4000 /* Master/slave config */ #define MDIO_AN_10GBT_STAT_MSFLT 0x8000 /* Master/slave config fault */ +/* AN EEE Advertisement register. */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_100TX 0x0002 /* Advertise 100TX EEE cap */ +#define MDIO_AN_EEE_ADV_1000T 0x0004 /* Advertise 1000T EEE cap */ + /* LASI RX_ALARM control/status registers. */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PHYXSLFLT 0x0001 /* PHY XS RX local fault */ #define MDIO_PMA_LASI_RX_PCSLFLT 0x0008 /* PCS RX local fault */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From af5568843594fb71055debe36e521fa8072fcecc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:50:37 +0900 Subject: lib: Improve EWMA efficiency by using bitshifts Using bitshifts instead of division and multiplication should improve performance. That requires weight and factor to be powers of two, but i think this is something we can live with. Thanks to Peter Zijlstra for the improved formula! Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf -- v2: use log2.h functions Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/average.h | 4 +--- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/average.h b/include/linux/average.h index 7706e40f95fa..c6028fd742c1 100644 --- a/include/linux/average.h +++ b/include/linux/average.h @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ #ifndef _LINUX_AVERAGE_H #define _LINUX_AVERAGE_H -#include - /* Exponentially weighted moving average (EWMA) */ /* For more documentation see lib/average.c */ @@ -26,7 +24,7 @@ extern struct ewma *ewma_add(struct ewma *avg, unsigned long val); */ static inline unsigned long ewma_read(const struct ewma *avg) { - return DIV_ROUND_CLOSEST(avg->internal, avg->factor); + return avg->internal >> avg->factor; } #endif /* _LINUX_AVERAGE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 073285fd392f6dc901da7c698d46e1e2a7e26436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Orishko Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 23:23:27 +0000 Subject: usbnet: changes for upcoming cdc_ncm driver Changes: include/linux/usb/usbnet.h: - a new flag to indicate driver's capability to accumulate IP packets in Tx direction and extract several packets from single skb in Rx direction. drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c: - the procedure of counting packets in usbnet was updated due to the accumulating of IP packets in the driver - no short packets are sent if indicated by the flag in driver_info structure Signed-off-by: Alexey Orishko Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/usb/usbnet.h | 6 ++++++ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h index 7ae27a473818..44842c8d38c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h +++ b/include/linux/usb/usbnet.h @@ -97,6 +97,12 @@ struct driver_info { #define FLAG_LINK_INTR 0x0800 /* updates link (carrier) status */ +/* + * Indicates to usbnet, that USB driver accumulates multiple IP packets. + * Affects statistic (counters) and short packet handling. + */ +#define FLAG_MULTI_PACKET 0x1000 + /* init device ... can sleep, or cause probe() failure */ int (*bind)(struct usbnet *, struct usb_interface *); -- cgit v1.2.3 From da2033c282264bfba4e339b7cb3df62adb5c5fc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 21:45:56 +0000 Subject: filter: add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU Add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU to filter ancillary mechanism, to be able to build advanced filters. This can help spreading packets on several sockets with a fast selection, after RPS dispatch to N cpus for example, or to catch a percentage of flows in one queue. tcpdump -s 500 "cpu = 1" : [0] ld CPU [1] jeq #1 jt 2 jf 3 [2] ret #500 [3] ret #0 # take 12.5 % of flows (average) tcpdump -s 1000 "rxhash & 7 = 2" : [0] ld RXHASH [1] and #7 [2] jeq #2 jt 3 jf 4 [3] ret #1000 [4] ret #0 Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Cc: Rui Acked-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 447a775878fb..5334adaf4072 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -124,7 +124,9 @@ struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ #define SKF_AD_MARK 20 #define SKF_AD_QUEUE 24 #define SKF_AD_HATYPE 28 -#define SKF_AD_MAX 32 +#define SKF_AD_RXHASH 32 +#define SKF_AD_CPU 36 +#define SKF_AD_MAX 40 #define SKF_NET_OFF (-0x100000) #define SKF_LL_OFF (-0x200000) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 06a9701f4b3e3381dea96fee1cc8a3bb41b0a1f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 01:37:42 +0000 Subject: __in_dev_get_rtnl() can use rtnl_dereference() If caller holds RTNL, we dont need a memory barrier (smp_read_barrier_depends) included in rcu_dereference(). Just use rtnl_dereference() to properly document the assertions. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/inetdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/inetdevice.h b/include/linux/inetdevice.h index 2b86eaf11773..ae8fdc54e0c0 100644 --- a/include/linux/inetdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/inetdevice.h @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ static inline struct in_device *in_dev_get(const struct net_device *dev) static inline struct in_device *__in_dev_get_rtnl(const struct net_device *dev) { - return rcu_dereference_check(dev->ip_ptr, lockdep_rtnl_is_held()); + return rtnl_dereference(dev->ip_ptr); } extern void in_dev_finish_destroy(struct in_device *idev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45904f21655cf4f0ae7d0fab5906fe51bf56ecf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:40 +0100 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: define and allow configuring mesh element TTL The TTL in path selection information elements is different from the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 5cfa579df476..9e541452d805 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1547,6 +1547,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1593,6 +1596,7 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, + NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, /* keep last */ __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 29cbe68c516a48a9a88b3226878570c6cbd83c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 09:20:44 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up, add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured when the device goes up. Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to start the mesh on interface up. We now allow querying mesh parameters before the mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults. Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is only allowed while connected. Specify them with the new mesh join command instead where needed. In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done by testing the mesh ID. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 8 ++++++++ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 9e541452d805..410a06ea551b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -394,6 +394,11 @@ * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial + * mesh config parameters may be given. + * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the + * network is determined by the network interface. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -500,6 +505,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, + NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 871a2c16c21b988688b4ab1a78eadd969765c0a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tomasz Grobelny Date: Sat, 4 Dec 2010 13:38:01 +0100 Subject: dccp: Policy-based packet dequeueing infrastructure This patch adds a generic infrastructure for policy-based dequeueing of TX packets and provides two policies: * a simple FIFO policy (which is the default) and * a priority based policy (set via socket options). Both policies honour the tx_qlen sysctl for the maximum size of the write queue (can be overridden via socket options). The priority policy uses skb->priority internally to assign an u32 priority identifier, using the same ranking as SO_PRIORITY. The skb->priority field is set to 0 when the packet leaves DCCP. The priority is supplied as ancillary data using cmsg(3), the patch also provides the requisite parsing routines. Signed-off-by: Tomasz Grobelny Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker --- include/linux/dccp.h | 21 +++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dccp.h b/include/linux/dccp.h index eed52bcd35d0..010e2d87ed75 100644 --- a/include/linux/dccp.h +++ b/include/linux/dccp.h @@ -197,6 +197,21 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { DCCPF_MAX_CCID_SPECIFIC = 255, }; +/* DCCP socket control message types for cmsg */ +enum dccp_cmsg_type { + DCCP_SCM_PRIORITY = 1, + DCCP_SCM_QPOLICY_MAX = 0xFFFF, + /* ^-- Up to here reserved exclusively for qpolicy parameters */ + DCCP_SCM_MAX +}; + +/* DCCP priorities for outgoing/queued packets */ +enum dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy { + DCCPQ_POLICY_SIMPLE, + DCCPQ_POLICY_PRIO, + DCCPQ_POLICY_MAX +}; + /* DCCP socket options */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_PACKET_SIZE 1 /* XXX deprecated, without effect */ #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_SERVICE 2 @@ -210,6 +225,8 @@ enum dccp_feature_numbers { #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID 13 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_TX_CCID 14 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_RX_CCID 15 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_ID 16 +#define DCCP_SOCKOPT_QPOLICY_TXQLEN 17 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_RX_INFO 128 #define DCCP_SOCKOPT_CCID_TX_INFO 192 @@ -458,6 +475,8 @@ struct dccp_ackvec; * @dccps_hc_rx_ccid - CCID used for the receiver (or receiving half-connection) * @dccps_hc_tx_ccid - CCID used for the sender (or sending half-connection) * @dccps_options_received - parsed set of retrieved options + * @dccps_qpolicy - TX dequeueing policy, one of %dccp_packet_dequeueing_policy + * @dccps_tx_qlen - maximum length of the TX queue * @dccps_role - role of this sock, one of %dccp_role * @dccps_hc_rx_insert_options - receiver wants to add options when acking * @dccps_hc_tx_insert_options - sender wants to add options when sending @@ -500,6 +519,8 @@ struct dccp_sock { struct ccid *dccps_hc_rx_ccid; struct ccid *dccps_hc_tx_ccid; struct dccp_options_received dccps_options_received; + __u8 dccps_qpolicy; + __u32 dccps_tx_qlen; enum dccp_role dccps_role:2; __u8 dccps_hc_rx_insert_options:1; __u8 dccps_hc_tx_insert_options:1; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 541a45a142df281c974d74eac2066138fc107b23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 2 Dec 2010 19:12:43 +0900 Subject: nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. -- v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 410a06ea551b..8e28053ea423 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -1191,6 +1191,7 @@ enum nl80211_rate_info { * station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (u32, to this station) * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (u32, to this station) + * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) */ enum nl80211_sta_info { __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, @@ -1206,6 +1207,7 @@ enum nl80211_sta_info { NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, + NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, /* keep last */ __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 88d60c32765716289abeb362c44adf6c35c6824c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Paris Date: Mon, 8 Nov 2010 18:19:22 -0500 Subject: fanotify: remove packed from access response message Since fanotify has decided to be careful about alignment and packing rather than rely on __attribute__((packed)) for multiarch support. Since this attribute isn't doing anything on fanotify_response we just drop it. This does not break API/ABI. Suggested-by: Tvrtko Ursulin Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fanotify.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fanotify.h b/include/linux/fanotify.h index 0f0121467fc4..bdbf9bb29b54 100644 --- a/include/linux/fanotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fanotify.h @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ struct fanotify_event_metadata { struct fanotify_response { __s32 fd; __u32 response; -} __attribute__ ((packed)); +}; /* Legit userspace responses to a _PERM event */ #define FAN_ALLOW 0x01 -- cgit v1.2.3 From b1085ba80cd2784400a7beec3fda5099198ed01c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lino Sanfilippo Date: Fri, 5 Nov 2010 17:05:27 +0100 Subject: fanotify: if set by user unset FMODE_NONOTIFY before fsnotify_perm() is called Unsetting FMODE_NONOTIFY in fsnotify_open() is too late, since fsnotify_perm() is called before. If FMODE_NONOTIFY is set fsnotify_perm() will skip permission checks, so a user can still disable permission checks by setting this flag in an open() call. This patch corrects this by unsetting the flag before fsnotify_perm is called. Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fsnotify.h | 3 --- 1 file changed, 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify.h b/include/linux/fsnotify.h index 5c185fa27089..b10bcdeaef76 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify.h @@ -235,9 +235,6 @@ static inline void fsnotify_open(struct file *file) if (S_ISDIR(inode->i_mode)) mask |= FS_ISDIR; - /* FMODE_NONOTIFY must never be set from user */ - file->f_mode &= ~FMODE_NONOTIFY; - fsnotify_parent(path, NULL, mask); fsnotify(inode, mask, path, FSNOTIFY_EVENT_PATH, NULL, 0); } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 09e5f14e57c70f9d357862bb56e57026c51092a1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lino Sanfilippo Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 10:58:07 +0100 Subject: fanotify: on group destroy allow all waiters to bypass permission check When fanotify_release() is called, there may still be processes waiting for access permission. Currently only processes for which an event has already been queued into the groups access list will be woken up. Processes for which no event has been queued will continue to sleep and thus cause a deadlock when fsnotify_put_group() is called. Furthermore there is a race allowing further processes to be waiting on the access wait queue after wake_up (if they arrive before clear_marks_by_group() is called). This patch corrects this by setting a flag to inform processes that the group is about to be destroyed and thus not to wait for access permission. [additional changelog from eparis] Lets think about the 4 relevant code paths from the PoV of the 'operator' 'listener' 'responder' and 'closer'. Where operator is the process doing an action (like open/read) which could require permission. Listener is the task (or in this case thread) slated with reading from the fanotify file descriptor. The 'responder' is the thread responsible for responding to access requests. 'Closer' is the thread attempting to close the fanotify file descriptor. The 'operator' is going to end up in: fanotify_handle_event() get_response_from_access() (THIS BLOCKS WAITING ON USERSPACE) The 'listener' interesting code path fanotify_read() copy_event_to_user() prepare_for_access_response() (THIS CREATES AN fanotify_response_event) The 'responder' code path: fanotify_write() process_access_response() (REMOVE A fanotify_response_event, SET RESPONSE, WAKE UP 'operator') The 'closer': fanotify_release() (SUPPOSED TO CLEAN UP THE REST OF THIS MESS) What we have today is that in the closer we remove all of the fanotify_response_events and set a bit so no more response events are ever created in prepare_for_access_response(). The bug is that we never wake all of the operators up and tell them to move along. You fix that in fanotify_get_response_from_access(). You also fix other operators which haven't gotten there yet. So I agree that's a good fix. [/additional changelog from eparis] [remove additional changes to minimize patch size] [move initialization so it was inside CONFIG_FANOTIFY_PERMISSION] Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h index 0a68f924f06f..7380763595d3 100644 --- a/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h +++ b/include/linux/fsnotify_backend.h @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ struct fsnotify_group { struct mutex access_mutex; struct list_head access_list; wait_queue_head_t access_waitq; - bool bypass_perm; /* protected by access_mutex */ + atomic_t bypass_perm; #endif /* CONFIG_FANOTIFY_ACCESS_PERMISSIONS */ int f_flags; unsigned int max_marks; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e9a3854fd4ff3907e6c200a3980e19365ee695e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Lino Sanfilippo Date: Wed, 24 Nov 2010 18:22:09 +0100 Subject: fanotify: Introduce FAN_NOFD FAN_NOFD is used in fanotify events that do not provide an open file descriptor (like the overflow_event). Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fanotify.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fanotify.h b/include/linux/fanotify.h index bdbf9bb29b54..c73224315aee 100644 --- a/include/linux/fanotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fanotify.h @@ -101,6 +101,8 @@ struct fanotify_response { /* Legit userspace responses to a _PERM event */ #define FAN_ALLOW 0x01 #define FAN_DENY 0x02 +/* No fd set in event */ +#define FAN_NOFD -1 /* Helper functions to deal with fanotify_event_metadata buffers */ #define FAN_EVENT_METADATA_LEN (sizeof(struct fanotify_event_metadata)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 941666c2e3e0f9f6a1cb5808d02352d445bd702c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Sun, 5 Dec 2010 01:23:53 +0000 Subject: net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Le dimanche 05 décembre 2010 à 09:19 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit : > Hmm.. > > If somebody can explain why RTNL is held in arp_ioctl() (and therefore > in arp_req_delete()), we might first remove RTNL use in arp_ioctl() so > that your patch can be applied. > > Right now it is not good, because RTNL wont be necessarly held when you > are going to call arp_invalidate() ? While doing this analysis, I found a refcount bug in llc, I'll send a patch for net-2.6 Meanwhile, here is the patch for net-next-2.6 Your patch then can be applied after mine. Thanks [PATCH] net: RCU conversion of dev_getbyhwaddr() and arp_ioctl() dev_getbyhwaddr() was called under RTNL. Rename it to dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu() and change all its caller to now use RCU locking instead of RTNL. Change arp_ioctl() to use RCU instead of RTNL locking. Note: this fix a dev refcount bug in llc Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index a9ac5dc26e3c..d31bc3c94717 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1360,7 +1360,8 @@ static inline struct net_device *first_net_device(struct net *net) extern int netdev_boot_setup_check(struct net_device *dev); extern unsigned long netdev_boot_base(const char *prefix, int unit); -extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr(struct net *net, unsigned short type, char *hwaddr); +extern struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned short type, + const char *hwaddr); extern struct net_device *dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern struct net_device *__dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type); extern void dev_add_pack(struct packet_type *pt); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62ab0812137ec4f9884dd7de346238841ac03283 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Dumazet Date: Mon, 6 Dec 2010 20:50:09 +0000 Subject: filter: constify sk_run_filter() sk_run_filter() doesnt write on skb, change its prototype to reflect this. Fix two af_packet comments. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/filter.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/filter.h b/include/linux/filter.h index 5334adaf4072..45266b75409a 100644 --- a/include/linux/filter.h +++ b/include/linux/filter.h @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ struct sk_buff; struct sock; extern int sk_filter(struct sock *sk, struct sk_buff *skb); -extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, +extern unsigned int sk_run_filter(const struct sk_buff *skb, const struct sock_filter *filter); extern int sk_attach_filter(struct sock_fprog *fprog, struct sock *sk); extern int sk_detach_filter(struct sock *sk); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 5167695753c63444a9e6cbbef136200a16c7a225 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 14:18:20 +0100 Subject: perf: Fix duplicate events with multiple-pmu vs software events Because the multi-pmu bits can share contexts between struct pmu instances we could get duplicate events by iterating the pmu list. Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner LKML-Reference: Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index de2c41758e29..4f1279e105ee 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -887,6 +887,7 @@ struct perf_cpu_context { int exclusive; struct list_head rotation_list; int jiffies_interval; + struct pmu *active_pmu; }; struct perf_output_handle { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0f004f5a696a9434b7214d0d3cbd0525ee77d428 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 19:48:45 +0100 Subject: sched: Cure more NO_HZ load average woes There's a long-running regression that proved difficult to fix and which is hitting certain people and is rather annoying in its effects. Damien reported that after 74f5187ac8 (sched: Cure load average vs NO_HZ woes) his load average is unnaturally high, he also noted that even with that patch reverted the load avgerage numbers are not correct. The problem is that the previous patch only solved half the NO_HZ problem, it addressed the part of going into NO_HZ mode, not of comming out of NO_HZ mode. This patch implements that missing half. When comming out of NO_HZ mode there are two important things to take care of: - Folding the pending idle delta into the global active count. - Correctly aging the averages for the idle-duration. So with this patch the NO_HZ interaction should be complete and behaviour between CONFIG_NO_HZ=[yn] should be equivalent. Furthermore, this patch slightly changes the load average computation by adding a rounding term to the fixed point multiplication. Reported-by: Damien Wyart Reported-by: Tim McGrath Tested-by: Damien Wyart Tested-by: Orion Poplawski Tested-by: Kyle McMartin Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra Cc: stable@kernel.org Cc: Chase Douglas LKML-Reference: <1291129145.32004.874.camel@laptop> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/sched.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 2c79e921a68b..223874538b33 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ extern unsigned long nr_iowait_cpu(int cpu); extern unsigned long this_cpu_load(void); -extern void calc_global_load(void); +extern void calc_global_load(unsigned long ticks); extern unsigned long get_parent_ip(unsigned long addr); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 806c09a7db457be3758e14b1f152761135d89af5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Dario Faggioli Date: Tue, 30 Nov 2010 19:51:33 +0100 Subject: sched: Make pushable_tasks CONFIG_SMP dependant As noted by Peter Zijlstra at https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/10/391 (while reviewing other stuff, though), tracking pushable tasks only makes sense on SMP systems. Signed-off-by: Dario Faggioli Acked-by: Steven Rostedt Acked-by: Gregory Haskins Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <1291143093.2697.298.camel@Palantir> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/init_task.h | 9 ++++++++- include/linux/sched.h | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/init_task.h b/include/linux/init_task.h index 1f8c06ce0fa6..6ed8812bfe2d 100644 --- a/include/linux/init_task.h +++ b/include/linux/init_task.h @@ -12,6 +12,13 @@ #include #include +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP +# define INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) \ + .pushable_tasks = PLIST_NODE_INIT(tsk.pushable_tasks, MAX_PRIO), +#else +# define INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) +#endif + extern struct files_struct init_files; extern struct fs_struct init_fs; @@ -137,7 +144,7 @@ extern struct cred init_cred; .nr_cpus_allowed = NR_CPUS, \ }, \ .tasks = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.tasks), \ - .pushable_tasks = PLIST_NODE_INIT(tsk.pushable_tasks, MAX_PRIO), \ + INIT_PUSHABLE_TASKS(tsk) \ .ptraced = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.ptraced), \ .ptrace_entry = LIST_HEAD_INIT(tsk.ptrace_entry), \ .real_parent = &tsk, \ diff --git a/include/linux/sched.h b/include/linux/sched.h index 9c2d46da486e..4f92a239c14d 100644 --- a/include/linux/sched.h +++ b/include/linux/sched.h @@ -1240,7 +1240,9 @@ struct task_struct { #endif struct list_head tasks; +#ifdef CONFIG_SMP struct plist_node pushable_tasks; +#endif struct mm_struct *mm, *active_mm; #if defined(SPLIT_RSS_COUNTING) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 50b12f597be354a5a224f05c65c54c0667e57aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Helmut Schaa Date: Fri, 19 Nov 2010 12:40:25 +0100 Subject: cfg80211: Add new BSS attribute ht_opmode Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode. Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in AP mode. Cc: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 4 ++++ 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 8e28053ea423..380421253d16 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -849,6 +849,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an * nl80211 capability flag. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1025,6 +1027,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, + NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From b7e8941b2df518186d9f7679c007f6b619bb4e89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Amitkumar Karwar Date: Tue, 7 Dec 2010 13:43:03 -0800 Subject: cfg80211: add some element IDs in enum ieee80211_eid 1)WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 2)WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM 3)WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index ed5a03cbe184..351c0ab4e284 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1223,6 +1223,9 @@ enum ieee80211_eid { WLAN_EID_BSS_AC_ACCESS_DELAY = 68, WLAN_EID_RRM_ENABLED_CAPABILITIES = 70, WLAN_EID_MULTIPLE_BSSID = 71, + WLAN_EID_BSS_COEX_2040 = 72, + WLAN_EID_OVERLAP_BSS_SCAN_PARAM = 74, + WLAN_EID_EXT_CAPABILITY = 127, WLAN_EID_MOBILITY_DOMAIN = 54, WLAN_EID_FAST_BSS_TRANSITION = 55, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 96a84c20d635fb1e98ab92f9fc517c4441f5c424 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Mon, 29 Nov 2010 17:07:16 -0500 Subject: lockup detector: Compile fixes from removing the old x86 nmi watchdog My patch that removed the old x86 nmi watchdog broke other arches. This change reverts a piece of that patch and puts the change in the correct spot. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Reviewed-by: Cyrill Gorcunov Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com Cc: yinghai@kernel.org LKML-Reference: <1291068437-5331-2-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 1c451e6ecc17..17ccf44e7dcb 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ */ #ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG #include -#endif +extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); +#else #ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { @@ -25,6 +26,7 @@ static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) #else extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #endif +#endif /* * Create trigger_all_cpu_backtrace() out of the arch-provided -- cgit v1.2.3 From 60d509c823cca21e77d537bd356785f7cfe8f0d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jozsef Kadlecsik Date: Fri, 3 Dec 2010 02:39:01 +0000 Subject: The new jhash implementation The current jhash.h implements the lookup2() hash function by Bob Jenkins. However, lookup2() is outdated as Bob wrote a new hash function called lookup3(). The patch replaces the lookup2() implementation of the 'jhash*' functions with that of lookup3(). You can read a longer comparison of the two and other hash functions at http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html. Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik Acked-by: Rusty Russell Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/jhash.h | 183 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------- 1 file changed, 105 insertions(+), 78 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/jhash.h b/include/linux/jhash.h index ced1159fa4f2..47cb09edec1a 100644 --- a/include/linux/jhash.h +++ b/include/linux/jhash.h @@ -3,129 +3,156 @@ /* jhash.h: Jenkins hash support. * - * Copyright (C) 1996 Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) + * Copyright (C) 2006. Bob Jenkins (bob_jenkins@burtleburtle.net) * * http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/ * * These are the credits from Bob's sources: * - * lookup2.c, by Bob Jenkins, December 1996, Public Domain. - * hash(), hash2(), hash3, and mix() are externally useful functions. - * Routines to test the hash are included if SELF_TEST is defined. - * You can use this free for any purpose. It has no warranty. + * lookup3.c, by Bob Jenkins, May 2006, Public Domain. * - * Copyright (C) 2003 David S. Miller (davem@redhat.com) + * These are functions for producing 32-bit hashes for hash table lookup. + * hashword(), hashlittle(), hashlittle2(), hashbig(), mix(), and final() + * are externally useful functions. Routines to test the hash are included + * if SELF_TEST is defined. You can use this free for any purpose. It's in + * the public domain. It has no warranty. + * + * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Jozsef Kadlecsik (kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu) * * I've modified Bob's hash to be useful in the Linux kernel, and - * any bugs present are surely my fault. -DaveM + * any bugs present are my fault. + * Jozsef */ +#include +#include + +/* Best hash sizes are of power of two */ +#define jhash_size(n) ((u32)1<<(n)) +/* Mask the hash value, i.e (value & jhash_mask(n)) instead of (value % n) */ +#define jhash_mask(n) (jhash_size(n)-1) + +/* __jhash_mix -- mix 3 32-bit values reversibly. */ +#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 4); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 6); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 8); b += a; \ + a -= c; a ^= rol32(c, 16); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rol32(a, 19); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rol32(b, 4); b += a; \ +} -/* NOTE: Arguments are modified. */ -#define __jhash_mix(a, b, c) \ -{ \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>13); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<8); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>13); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>12); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<16); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>5); \ - a -= b; a -= c; a ^= (c>>3); \ - b -= c; b -= a; b ^= (a<<10); \ - c -= a; c -= b; c ^= (b>>15); \ +/* __jhash_final - final mixing of 3 32-bit values (a,b,c) into c */ +#define __jhash_final(a, b, c) \ +{ \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 14); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 11); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 25); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 16); \ + a ^= c; a -= rol32(c, 4); \ + b ^= a; b -= rol32(a, 14); \ + c ^= b; c -= rol32(b, 24); \ } -/* The golden ration: an arbitrary value */ -#define JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO 0x9e3779b9 +/* An arbitrary initial parameter */ +#define JHASH_INITVAL 0xdeadbeef -/* The most generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence - * of bytes. No alignment or length assumptions are made about - * the input key. +/* jhash - hash an arbitrary key + * @k: sequence of bytes as key + * @length: the length of the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * The generic version, hashes an arbitrary sequence of bytes. + * No alignment or length assumptions are made about the input key. + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. The result depends on endianness. */ static inline u32 jhash(const void *key, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; const u8 *k = key; - len = length; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - - while (len >= 12) { - a += (k[0] +((u32)k[1]<<8) +((u32)k[2]<<16) +((u32)k[3]<<24)); - b += (k[4] +((u32)k[5]<<8) +((u32)k[6]<<16) +((u32)k[7]<<24)); - c += (k[8] +((u32)k[9]<<8) +((u32)k[10]<<16)+((u32)k[11]<<24)); - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + length + initval; + /* All but the last block: affect some 32 bits of (a,b,c) */ + while (length > 12) { + a += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k); + b += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 4); + c += __get_unaligned_cpu32(k + 8); + __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + length -= 12; k += 12; - len -= 12; } - - c += length; - switch (len) { - case 11: c += ((u32)k[10]<<24); - case 10: c += ((u32)k[9]<<16); - case 9 : c += ((u32)k[8]<<8); - case 8 : b += ((u32)k[7]<<24); - case 7 : b += ((u32)k[6]<<16); - case 6 : b += ((u32)k[5]<<8); - case 5 : b += k[4]; - case 4 : a += ((u32)k[3]<<24); - case 3 : a += ((u32)k[2]<<16); - case 2 : a += ((u32)k[1]<<8); - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Last block: affect all 32 bits of (c) */ + /* All the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 12: c += (u32)k[11]<<24; + case 11: c += (u32)k[10]<<16; + case 10: c += (u32)k[9]<<8; + case 9: c += k[8]; + case 8: b += (u32)k[7]<<24; + case 7: b += (u32)k[6]<<16; + case 6: b += (u32)k[5]<<8; + case 5: b += k[4]; + case 4: a += (u32)k[3]<<24; + case 3: a += (u32)k[2]<<16; + case 2: a += (u32)k[1]<<8; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special optimized version that handles 1 or more of u32s. - * The length parameter here is the number of u32s in the key. +/* jhash2 - hash an array of u32's + * @k: the key which must be an array of u32's + * @length: the number of u32's in the key + * @initval: the previous hash, or an arbitray value + * + * Returns the hash value of the key. */ static inline u32 jhash2(const u32 *k, u32 length, u32 initval) { - u32 a, b, c, len; + u32 a, b, c; - a = b = JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - c = initval; - len = length; + /* Set up the internal state */ + a = b = c = JHASH_INITVAL + (length<<2) + initval; - while (len >= 3) { + /* Handle most of the key */ + while (length > 3) { a += k[0]; b += k[1]; c += k[2]; __jhash_mix(a, b, c); - k += 3; len -= 3; + length -= 3; + k += 3; } - c += length * 4; - - switch (len) { - case 2 : b += k[1]; - case 1 : a += k[0]; - }; - - __jhash_mix(a,b,c); + /* Handle the last 3 u32's: all the case statements fall through */ + switch (length) { + case 3: c += k[2]; + case 2: b += k[1]; + case 1: a += k[0]; + __jhash_final(a, b, c); + case 0: /* Nothing left to add */ + break; + } return c; } -/* A special ultra-optimized versions that knows they are hashing exactly - * 3, 2 or 1 word(s). - * - * NOTE: In particular the "c += length; __jhash_mix(a,b,c);" normally - * done at the end is not done here. - */ +/* jhash_3words - hash exactly 3, 2 or 1 word(s) */ static inline u32 jhash_3words(u32 a, u32 b, u32 c, u32 initval) { - a += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; - b += JHASH_GOLDEN_RATIO; + a += JHASH_INITVAL; + b += JHASH_INITVAL; c += initval; - __jhash_mix(a, b, c); + __jhash_final(a, b, c); return c; } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 1f5a24794a54588ea3a9efd521be31d826e0b9d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 12:02:18 -0800 Subject: timers: Rename timerlist infrastructure to timerqueue Thomas pointed out a namespace collision between the new timerlist infrastructure I introduced and the existing timer_list.c So to avoid confusion, I've renamed the timerlist infrastructure to timerqueue. Reported-by: Thomas Gleixner Signed-off-by: John Stultz --- include/linux/timerlist.h | 37 ------------------------------------- include/linux/timerqueue.h | 37 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 37 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/timerlist.h create mode 100644 include/linux/timerqueue.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timerlist.h b/include/linux/timerlist.h deleted file mode 100644 index c46b28ae6e4d..000000000000 --- a/include/linux/timerlist.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H -#define _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H - -#include -#include - - -struct timerlist_node { - struct rb_node node; - ktime_t expires; -}; - -struct timerlist_head { - struct rb_root head; - struct timerlist_node *next; -}; - - -extern void timerlist_add(struct timerlist_head *head, - struct timerlist_node *node); -extern void timerlist_del(struct timerlist_head *head, - struct timerlist_node *node); -extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_getnext(struct timerlist_head *head); -extern struct timerlist_node *timerlist_iterate_next( - struct timerlist_node *node); - -static inline void timerlist_init(struct timerlist_node *node) -{ - RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); -} - -static inline void timerlist_init_head(struct timerlist_head *head) -{ - head->head = RB_ROOT; - head->next = NULL; -} -#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERLIST_H */ diff --git a/include/linux/timerqueue.h b/include/linux/timerqueue.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..406b103894bd --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/timerqueue.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#ifndef _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H +#define _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H + +#include +#include + + +struct timerqueue_node { + struct rb_node node; + ktime_t expires; +}; + +struct timerqueue_head { + struct rb_root head; + struct timerqueue_node *next; +}; + + +extern void timerqueue_add(struct timerqueue_head *head, + struct timerqueue_node *node); +extern void timerqueue_del(struct timerqueue_head *head, + struct timerqueue_node *node); +extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head); +extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_iterate_next( + struct timerqueue_node *node); + +static inline void timerqueue_init(struct timerqueue_node *node) +{ + RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); +} + +static inline void timerqueue_init_head(struct timerqueue_head *head) +{ + head->head = RB_ROOT; + head->next = NULL; +} +#endif /* _LINUX_TIMERQUEUE_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 998adc3dda59f811966b3ccb21eb223680b25ec4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Stultz Date: Mon, 20 Sep 2010 19:19:17 -0700 Subject: hrtimers: Convert hrtimers to use timerlist infrastructure Converts the hrtimer code to use the new timerlist infrastructure Signed-off-by: John Stultz LKML Reference: <1290136329-18291-3-git-send-email-john.stultz@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner CC: Alessandro Zummo CC: Thomas Gleixner CC: Richard Cochran --- include/linux/hrtimer.h | 32 +++++++++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/hrtimer.h b/include/linux/hrtimer.h index dd9954b79342..330586ffffbb 100644 --- a/include/linux/hrtimer.h +++ b/include/linux/hrtimer.h @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ #include #include #include - +#include struct hrtimer_clock_base; struct hrtimer_cpu_base; @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ enum hrtimer_restart { /** * struct hrtimer - the basic hrtimer structure - * @node: red black tree node for time ordered insertion - * @_expires: the absolute expiry time in the hrtimers internal + * @node: timerqueue node, which also manages node.expires, + * the absolute expiry time in the hrtimers internal * representation. The time is related to the clock on * which the timer is based. Is setup by adding * slack to the _softexpires value. For non range timers @@ -101,8 +101,7 @@ enum hrtimer_restart { * The hrtimer structure must be initialized by hrtimer_init() */ struct hrtimer { - struct rb_node node; - ktime_t _expires; + struct timerqueue_node node; ktime_t _softexpires; enum hrtimer_restart (*function)(struct hrtimer *); struct hrtimer_clock_base *base; @@ -141,8 +140,7 @@ struct hrtimer_sleeper { struct hrtimer_clock_base { struct hrtimer_cpu_base *cpu_base; clockid_t index; - struct rb_root active; - struct rb_node *first; + struct timerqueue_head active; ktime_t resolution; ktime_t (*get_time)(void); ktime_t softirq_time; @@ -183,43 +181,43 @@ struct hrtimer_cpu_base { static inline void hrtimer_set_expires(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time) { - timer->_expires = time; + timer->node.expires = time; timer->_softexpires = time; } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_range(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time, ktime_t delta) { timer->_softexpires = time; - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(time, delta); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(time, delta); } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_range_ns(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time, unsigned long delta) { timer->_softexpires = time; - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(time, ns_to_ktime(delta)); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(time, ns_to_ktime(delta)); } static inline void hrtimer_set_expires_tv64(struct hrtimer *timer, s64 tv64) { - timer->_expires.tv64 = tv64; + timer->node.expires.tv64 = tv64; timer->_softexpires.tv64 = tv64; } static inline void hrtimer_add_expires(struct hrtimer *timer, ktime_t time) { - timer->_expires = ktime_add_safe(timer->_expires, time); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_safe(timer->node.expires, time); timer->_softexpires = ktime_add_safe(timer->_softexpires, time); } static inline void hrtimer_add_expires_ns(struct hrtimer *timer, u64 ns) { - timer->_expires = ktime_add_ns(timer->_expires, ns); + timer->node.expires = ktime_add_ns(timer->node.expires, ns); timer->_softexpires = ktime_add_ns(timer->_softexpires, ns); } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_expires(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return timer->_expires; + return timer->node.expires; } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_softexpires(const struct hrtimer *timer) @@ -229,7 +227,7 @@ static inline ktime_t hrtimer_get_softexpires(const struct hrtimer *timer) static inline s64 hrtimer_get_expires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return timer->_expires.tv64; + return timer->node.expires.tv64; } static inline s64 hrtimer_get_softexpires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) { @@ -238,12 +236,12 @@ static inline s64 hrtimer_get_softexpires_tv64(const struct hrtimer *timer) static inline s64 hrtimer_get_expires_ns(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return ktime_to_ns(timer->_expires); + return ktime_to_ns(timer->node.expires); } static inline ktime_t hrtimer_expires_remaining(const struct hrtimer *timer) { - return ktime_sub(timer->_expires, timer->base->get_time()); + return ktime_sub(timer->node.expires, timer->base->get_time()); } #ifdef CONFIG_HIGH_RES_TIMERS -- cgit v1.2.3 From 35d2856b4693e8de5d616307b56cef296b839157 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Martin Willi Date: Wed, 8 Dec 2010 04:37:49 +0000 Subject: xfrm: Add Traffic Flow Confidentiality padding XFRM attribute The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified length. Signed-off-by: Martin Willi Acked-by: Herbert Xu Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/xfrm.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/xfrm.h b/include/linux/xfrm.h index b971e3848493..930fdd2de79c 100644 --- a/include/linux/xfrm.h +++ b/include/linux/xfrm.h @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ enum xfrm_attr_type_t { XFRMA_KMADDRESS, /* struct xfrm_user_kmaddress */ XFRMA_ALG_AUTH_TRUNC, /* struct xfrm_algo_auth */ XFRMA_MARK, /* struct xfrm_mark */ + XFRMA_TFCPAD, /* __u32 */ __XFRMA_MAX #define XFRMA_MAX (__XFRMA_MAX - 1) -- cgit v1.2.3 From e596e6e4d578f2639416e620d367a3af34814a40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Ben Hutchings Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 12:08:35 +0000 Subject: ethtool: Report link-down while interface is down While an interface is down, many implementations of ethtool_ops::get_link, including the default, ethtool_op_get_link(), will report the last link state seen while the interface was up. In general the current physical link state is not available if the interface is down. Define ETHTOOL_GLINK to reflect whether the interface *and* any physical port have a working link, and consistently return 0 when the interface is down. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/ethtool.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ethtool.h b/include/linux/ethtool.h index 6628a507fd3b..1908929204a9 100644 --- a/include/linux/ethtool.h +++ b/include/linux/ethtool.h @@ -691,7 +691,9 @@ struct ethtool_ops { #define ETHTOOL_GMSGLVL 0x00000007 /* Get driver message level */ #define ETHTOOL_SMSGLVL 0x00000008 /* Set driver msg level. */ #define ETHTOOL_NWAY_RST 0x00000009 /* Restart autonegotiation. */ -#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a /* Get link status (ethtool_value) */ +/* Get link status for host, i.e. whether the interface *and* the + * physical port (if there is one) are up (ethtool_value). */ +#define ETHTOOL_GLINK 0x0000000a #define ETHTOOL_GEEPROM 0x0000000b /* Get EEPROM data */ #define ETHTOOL_SEEPROM 0x0000000c /* Set EEPROM data. */ #define ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE 0x0000000e /* Get coalesce config */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 45f74264e18449cf3c93cccaf098ee6e9524ab78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Thomas Gleixner Date: Sat, 11 Dec 2010 12:34:34 +0100 Subject: timerqueue: Make timerqueue_getnext() static inline No point in calling a function just to dereference a pointer. Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner Cc: John Stultz --- include/linux/timerqueue.h | 15 ++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/timerqueue.h b/include/linux/timerqueue.h index 406b103894bd..d24aabaca474 100644 --- a/include/linux/timerqueue.h +++ b/include/linux/timerqueue.h @@ -20,10 +20,23 @@ extern void timerqueue_add(struct timerqueue_head *head, struct timerqueue_node *node); extern void timerqueue_del(struct timerqueue_head *head, struct timerqueue_node *node); -extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head); extern struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_iterate_next( struct timerqueue_node *node); +/** + * timerqueue_getnext - Returns the timer with the earlies expiration time + * + * @head: head of timerqueue + * + * Returns a pointer to the timer node that has the + * earliest expiration time. + */ +static inline +struct timerqueue_node *timerqueue_getnext(struct timerqueue_head *head) +{ + return head->next; +} + static inline void timerqueue_init(struct timerqueue_node *node) { RB_CLEAR_NODE(&node->node); -- cgit v1.2.3 From dbd2fd656f2060abfd3a16257f8b51ec60f6d2ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 19:58:59 +0100 Subject: cfg80211/nl80211: separate unicast/multicast default TX keys Allow userspace to specify that a given key is default only for unicast and/or multicast transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both, WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast only. For more future flexibility, allow to specify all combiations. Wireless extensions can only set both so use nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still possible). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 27 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 27 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 380421253d16..b8fa25d741ba 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -851,6 +851,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HTOPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) * + * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1029,6 +1033,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, + NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1774,6 +1780,23 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, }; +/** + * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types + * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default + * unicast key + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default + * multicast key + * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types + */ +enum nl80211_key_default_types { + __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, + + NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES +}; + /** * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid @@ -1790,6 +1813,9 @@ enum nl80211_wpa_versions { * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was * given with the command using the key or not (u32) + * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags + * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. + * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute */ @@ -1802,6 +1828,7 @@ enum nl80211_key_attributes { NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, NL80211_KEY_TYPE, + NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, /* keep last */ __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 44316cb1e97a1e7f76eb3f07e5b0ba91d72e9693 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bing Zhao Date: Thu, 9 Dec 2010 18:24:41 -0800 Subject: ieee80211: add Parameter Set Count bitmask WMM IE QoS Info field lower 4 bits: Parameter Set Count Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 351c0ab4e284..7f2354534242 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ /* U-APSD queue for WMM IEs sent by AP */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_UAPSD (1<<7) +#define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_AP_QOSINFO_PARAM_SET_CNT_MASK 0x0f /* U-APSD queues for WMM IEs sent by STA */ #define IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_VO (1<<0) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 53dde5f385bc56e312f78b7cb25ffaf8efd4735d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Suresh Siddha Date: Tue, 16 Nov 2010 13:23:50 -0800 Subject: bootmem: Add alloc_bootmem_align() Add an alloc_bootmem_align() interface to allocate bootmem with specified alignment. This is necessary to be able to allocate the xsave area in a subsequent patch. Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha LKML-Reference: <20101116212441.977574826@sbsiddha-MOBL3.sc.intel.com> Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin Cc: --- include/linux/bootmem.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/bootmem.h b/include/linux/bootmem.h index 266ab9291232..499dfe982a0e 100644 --- a/include/linux/bootmem.h +++ b/include/linux/bootmem.h @@ -105,6 +105,8 @@ extern void *__alloc_bootmem_low_node(pg_data_t *pgdat, #define alloc_bootmem(x) \ __alloc_bootmem(x, SMP_CACHE_BYTES, __pa(MAX_DMA_ADDRESS)) +#define alloc_bootmem_align(x, align) \ + __alloc_bootmem(x, align, __pa(MAX_DMA_ADDRESS)) #define alloc_bootmem_nopanic(x) \ __alloc_bootmem_nopanic(x, SMP_CACHE_BYTES, __pa(MAX_DMA_ADDRESS)) #define alloc_bootmem_pages(x) \ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 62731fa0c893515dc6cbc3e0a2879a92793c735f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Alexey Zaytsev Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 00:33:03 +0000 Subject: fanotify: split version into version and metadata_len To implement per event type optional headers we are interested in knowing how long the metadata structure is. This patch slits the __u32 version field into a __u8 version and a __u16 metadata_len field (with __u8 left over). This should allow for backwards compat ABI. Signed-off-by: Alexey Zaytsev [rewrote descrtion and changed object sizes and ordering - eparis] Signed-off-by: Eric Paris --- include/linux/fanotify.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/fanotify.h b/include/linux/fanotify.h index c73224315aee..6c6133f76e16 100644 --- a/include/linux/fanotify.h +++ b/include/linux/fanotify.h @@ -83,11 +83,13 @@ FAN_ALL_PERM_EVENTS |\ FAN_Q_OVERFLOW) -#define FANOTIFY_METADATA_VERSION 2 +#define FANOTIFY_METADATA_VERSION 3 struct fanotify_event_metadata { __u32 event_len; - __u32 vers; + __u8 vers; + __u8 reserved; + __u16 metadata_len; __aligned_u64 mask; __s32 fd; __s32 pid; -- cgit v1.2.3 From a293911d4fd5e8593dbf478399a77f990d466269 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Johannes Berg Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 17:54:28 +0100 Subject: nl80211: advertise maximum remain-on-channel duration With the upcoming hardware offload implementation, some devices will have a different maximum duration for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index b8fa25d741ba..1cee56b3a79a 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -773,6 +773,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * cache, a wiphy attribute. * * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. + * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that + * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the + * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. * * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. * @@ -1035,6 +1038,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, + NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2e80a82a49c4c7eca4e35734380f28298ba5db19 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 23:17:36 +0100 Subject: perf: Dynamic pmu types Extend the perf_pmu_register() interface to allow for named and dynamic pmu types. Because we need to support the existing static types we cannot use dynamic types for everything, hence provide a type argument. If we want to enumerate the PMUs they need a name, provide one. Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101117222056.259707703@chello.nl> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 30e50e2c7f30..21206d27466b 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -588,6 +588,9 @@ struct perf_event; struct pmu { struct list_head entry; + char *name; + int type; + int * __percpu pmu_disable_count; struct perf_cpu_context * __percpu pmu_cpu_context; int task_ctx_nr; @@ -916,7 +919,7 @@ struct perf_output_handle { #ifdef CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS -extern int perf_pmu_register(struct pmu *pmu); +extern int perf_pmu_register(struct pmu *pmu, char *name, int type); extern void perf_pmu_unregister(struct pmu *pmu); extern int perf_num_counters(void); -- cgit v1.2.3 From abe43400579d5de0078c2d3a760e6598e183f871 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Peter Zijlstra Date: Wed, 17 Nov 2010 23:17:37 +0100 Subject: perf: Sysfs enumeration Simple sysfs emumeration of the PMUs. Use a "event_source" bus, and add PMU devices using their name. Each PMU device has a type attribute which contrains the value needed for perf_event_attr::type to identify this PMU. This is the minimal stub needed to start using this interface, we'll consider extending the sysfs usage later. Cc: Kay Sievers Cc: Greg KH Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra LKML-Reference: <20101117222056.316982569@chello.nl> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/perf_event.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/perf_event.h b/include/linux/perf_event.h index 21206d27466b..dda5b0a3ff60 100644 --- a/include/linux/perf_event.h +++ b/include/linux/perf_event.h @@ -588,6 +588,7 @@ struct perf_event; struct pmu { struct list_head entry; + struct device *dev; char *name; int type; -- cgit v1.2.3 From f08f5a0add20834d3f3d876dfe08005a5df656db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Rafael J. Wysocki" Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:11:58 +0100 Subject: PM / Runtime: Fix pm_runtime_suspended() There are some situations (e.g. in __pm_generic_call()), where pm_runtime_suspended() is used to decide whether or not to execute a device's (system) ->suspend() callback. The callback is not executed if pm_runtime_suspended() returns true, but it does so for devices that don't even support runtime PM, because the power.disable_depth device field is ignored by it. This leads to problems (i.e. devices are not suspened when they should), so rework pm_runtime_suspended() so that it returns false if the device's power.disable_depth field is different from zero. Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki Cc: stable@kernel.org --- include/linux/pm_runtime.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h index 3ec2358f8692..d19f1cca7f74 100644 --- a/include/linux/pm_runtime.h +++ b/include/linux/pm_runtime.h @@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ static inline void device_set_run_wake(struct device *dev, bool enable) static inline bool pm_runtime_suspended(struct device *dev) { - return dev->power.runtime_status == RPM_SUSPENDED; + return dev->power.runtime_status == RPM_SUSPENDED + && !dev->power.disable_depth; } static inline void pm_runtime_mark_last_busy(struct device *dev) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3f84622d7c7818077f5e6cf4b8a0d1b10dc65147 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hauke Mehrtens Date: Sat, 27 Nov 2010 19:26:32 +0100 Subject: SSB: Fix nvram_get on BCM47xx platform The nvram_get function was never in the mainline kernel, it only existed in an external OpenWrt patch. Use nvram_getenv function, which is in mainline and use an include instead of an extra function declaration. et0macaddr contains the mac address in text from like 00:11:22:33:44:55. We have to parse it before adding it into macaddr. nvram_parse_macaddr will be merged into asm/mach-bcm47xx/nvram.h through the MIPS git tree and will be available soon. It will not build now without nvram_parse_macaddr, but it hasn't before either. Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens To: linux-mips@linux-mips.org Cc: mb@bu3sch.de Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Cc: Hauke Mehrtens Acked-by: Michael Buesch Patchwork: https://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/1849/ Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle --- include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h | 17 +++++++++++------ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h index 942e38736901..eba52a100533 100644 --- a/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h +++ b/include/linux/ssb/ssb_driver_gige.h @@ -96,16 +96,21 @@ static inline bool ssb_gige_must_flush_posted_writes(struct pci_dev *pdev) return 0; } -extern char * nvram_get(const char *name); +#ifdef CONFIG_BCM47XX +#include /* Get the device MAC address */ static inline void ssb_gige_get_macaddr(struct pci_dev *pdev, u8 *macaddr) { -#ifdef CONFIG_BCM47XX - char *res = nvram_get("et0macaddr"); - if (res) - memcpy(macaddr, res, 6); -#endif + char buf[20]; + if (nvram_getenv("et0macaddr", buf, sizeof(buf)) < 0) + return; + nvram_parse_macaddr(buf, macaddr); } +#else +static inline void ssb_gige_get_macaddr(struct pci_dev *pdev, u8 *macaddr) +{ +} +#endif extern int ssb_gige_pcibios_plat_dev_init(struct ssb_device *sdev, struct pci_dev *pdev); -- cgit v1.2.3 From cf4e594ea7e55555e81647b74a3a8e8b2826a529 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jouni Malinen Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 00:52:40 +0200 Subject: nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to management frame protection being in use. This notification is needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch between an AP and STA. This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP (IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7). IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 10 ++++++++++ 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 1cee56b3a79a..7483a89cee8f 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -399,6 +399,13 @@ * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the * network is determined by the network interface. * + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame + * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected + * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. + * * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -508,6 +515,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, + NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, + /* add new commands above here */ /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From a3d22a68d752ccc1a01bb0a64dd70b7a98bf9e23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Vladislav Zolotarov Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 06:27:10 +0000 Subject: bnx2x: Take the distribution range definition out of skb_tx_hash() Move the calcualation of the Tx hash for a given hash range into a separate function and define the skb_tx_hash(), which calculates a Tx hash for a [0; dev->real_num_tx_queues - 1] hash values range, using this function (__skb_tx_hash()). Signed-off-by: Vladislav Zolotarov Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 10 ++++++++++ include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++-- 2 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index d31bc3c94717..445e6825f8eb 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -1747,6 +1747,16 @@ static inline void netif_wake_subqueue(struct net_device *dev, u16 queue_index) __netif_schedule(txq->qdisc); } +/* + * Returns a Tx hash for the given packet when dev->real_num_tx_queues is used + * as a distribution range limit for the returned value. + */ +static inline u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return __skb_tx_hash(dev, skb, dev->real_num_tx_queues); +} + /** * netif_is_multiqueue - test if device has multiple transmit queues * @dev: network device diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 19f37a6ee6c4..4c4bec6316d9 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -2165,8 +2165,9 @@ static inline bool skb_rx_queue_recorded(const struct sk_buff *skb) return skb->queue_mapping != 0; } -extern u16 skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, - const struct sk_buff *skb); +extern u16 __skb_tx_hash(const struct net_device *dev, + const struct sk_buff *skb, + unsigned int num_tx_queues); #ifdef CONFIG_XFRM static inline struct sec_path *skb_sec_path(struct sk_buff *skb) -- cgit v1.2.3 From b236da6931e2482bfe44a7865dd4e7bb036f3496 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 03:09:15 +0000 Subject: net: use NUMA_NO_NODE instead of the magic number -1 Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index 445e6825f8eb..cc916c5c3279 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ static inline int netdev_queue_numa_node_read(const struct netdev_queue *q) #if defined(CONFIG_XPS) && defined(CONFIG_NUMA) return q->numa_node; #else - return -1; + return NUMA_NO_NODE; #endif } -- cgit v1.2.3 From 04fb451eff978ca059399eab83d5594b073caf6f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Micha=C5=82=20Miros=C5=82aw?= Date: Tue, 14 Dec 2010 15:24:08 +0000 Subject: net: Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Introduce skb_checksum_start_offset() to replace repetitive calculation. Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/skbuff.h | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/skbuff.h b/include/linux/skbuff.h index 4c4bec6316d9..20ec0a64cb9f 100644 --- a/include/linux/skbuff.h +++ b/include/linux/skbuff.h @@ -1355,6 +1355,11 @@ static inline void skb_set_mac_header(struct sk_buff *skb, const int offset) } #endif /* NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET */ +static inline int skb_checksum_start_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) +{ + return skb->csum_start - skb_headroom(skb); +} + static inline int skb_transport_offset(const struct sk_buff *skb) { return skb_transport_header(skb) - skb->data; -- cgit v1.2.3 From e692cb668fdd5a712c6ed2a2d6f2a36ee83997b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Martin K. Petersen" Date: Wed, 1 Dec 2010 19:41:49 +0100 Subject: block: Deprecate QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER and use queue_limits instead When stacking devices, a request_queue is not always available. This forced us to have a no_cluster flag in the queue_limits that could be used as a carrier until the request_queue had been set up for a metadevice. There were several problems with that approach. First of all it was up to the stacking device to remember to set queue flag after stacking had completed. Also, the queue flag and the queue limits had to be kept in sync at all times. We got that wrong, which could lead to us issuing commands that went beyond the max scatterlist limit set by the driver. The proper fix is to avoid having two flags for tracking the same thing. We deprecate QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER and use the queue limit directly in the block layer merging functions. The queue_limit 'no_cluster' is turned into 'cluster' to avoid double negatives and to ease stacking. Clustering defaults to being enabled as before. The queue flag logic is removed from the stacking function, and explicitly setting the cluster flag is no longer necessary in DM and MD. Reported-by: Ed Lin Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen Acked-by: Mike Snitzer Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- include/linux/blkdev.h | 9 ++++++--- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/blkdev.h b/include/linux/blkdev.h index aae86fd10c4f..95aeeeb49e8b 100644 --- a/include/linux/blkdev.h +++ b/include/linux/blkdev.h @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ struct queue_limits { unsigned char misaligned; unsigned char discard_misaligned; - unsigned char no_cluster; + unsigned char cluster; signed char discard_zeroes_data; }; @@ -380,7 +380,6 @@ struct request_queue #endif }; -#define QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER 0 /* cluster several segments into 1 */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_QUEUED 1 /* uses generic tag queueing */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_STOPPED 2 /* queue is stopped */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_SYNCFULL 3 /* read queue has been filled */ @@ -403,7 +402,6 @@ struct request_queue #define QUEUE_FLAG_SECDISCARD 19 /* supports SECDISCARD */ #define QUEUE_FLAG_DEFAULT ((1 << QUEUE_FLAG_IO_STAT) | \ - (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_CLUSTER) | \ (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_STACKABLE) | \ (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_SAME_COMP) | \ (1 << QUEUE_FLAG_ADD_RANDOM)) @@ -510,6 +508,11 @@ static inline void queue_flag_clear(unsigned int flag, struct request_queue *q) #define rq_data_dir(rq) ((rq)->cmd_flags & 1) +static inline unsigned int blk_queue_cluster(struct request_queue *q) +{ + return q->limits.cluster; +} + /* * We regard a request as sync, if either a read or a sync write */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 72d4cd9f38b5ed96b75df4c622be25e1c2648dd3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mike Snitzer Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 08:34:20 +0100 Subject: block: max hardware sectors limit wrapper Implement blk_limits_max_hw_sectors() and make blk_queue_max_hw_sectors() a wrapper around it. DM needs this to avoid setting queue_limits' max_hw_sectors and max_sectors directly. dm_set_device_limits() now leverages blk_limits_max_hw_sectors() logic to establish the appropriate max_hw_sectors minimum (PAGE_SIZE). Fixes issue where DM was incorrectly setting max_sectors rather than max_hw_sectors (which caused dm_merge_bvec()'s max_hw_sectors check to be ineffective). Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer Cc: stable@kernel.org Acked-by: Martin K. Petersen Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe --- include/linux/blkdev.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/blkdev.h b/include/linux/blkdev.h index 95aeeeb49e8b..36ab42c9bb99 100644 --- a/include/linux/blkdev.h +++ b/include/linux/blkdev.h @@ -808,6 +808,7 @@ extern struct request_queue *blk_init_allocated_queue(struct request_queue *, extern void blk_cleanup_queue(struct request_queue *); extern void blk_queue_make_request(struct request_queue *, make_request_fn *); extern void blk_queue_bounce_limit(struct request_queue *, u64); +extern void blk_limits_max_hw_sectors(struct queue_limits *, unsigned int); extern void blk_queue_max_hw_sectors(struct request_queue *, unsigned int); extern void blk_queue_max_segments(struct request_queue *, unsigned short); extern void blk_queue_max_segment_size(struct request_queue *, unsigned int); -- cgit v1.2.3 From b6aa5901c7a2bd90d0b6b9866300d2648b2568f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henry C Chang Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 20:45:41 -0800 Subject: ceph: mark user pages dirty on direct-io reads For read operation, we have to set the argument _write_ of get_user_pages to 1 since we will write data to pages. Also, we need to SetPageDirty before releasing these pages. Signed-off-by: Henry C Chang Signed-off-by: Sage Weil --- include/linux/ceph/libceph.h | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h b/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h index 9e76d35670d2..72c72bfccb88 100644 --- a/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h +++ b/include/linux/ceph/libceph.h @@ -227,8 +227,10 @@ extern int ceph_open_session(struct ceph_client *client); extern void ceph_release_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages); extern struct page **ceph_get_direct_page_vector(const char __user *data, - int num_pages); -extern void ceph_put_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages); + int num_pages, + bool write_page); +extern void ceph_put_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages, + bool dirty); extern void ceph_release_page_vector(struct page **pages, int num_pages); extern struct page **ceph_alloc_page_vector(int num_pages, gfp_t flags); extern int ceph_copy_user_to_page_vector(struct page **pages, -- cgit v1.2.3 From c0f5ac5426f7fd82b23dd5c6a1e633b290294a08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 10:38:41 -0700 Subject: Revert "resources: support allocating space within a region from the top down" This reverts commit e7f8567db9a7f6b3151b0b275e245c1cef0d9c70. Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes --- include/linux/ioport.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ioport.h b/include/linux/ioport.h index d377ea815d45..b22790268b64 100644 --- a/include/linux/ioport.h +++ b/include/linux/ioport.h @@ -112,7 +112,6 @@ struct resource_list { /* PC/ISA/whatever - the normal PC address spaces: IO and memory */ extern struct resource ioport_resource; extern struct resource iomem_resource; -extern int resource_alloc_from_bottom; extern struct resource *request_resource_conflict(struct resource *root, struct resource *new); extern int request_resource(struct resource *root, struct resource *new); -- cgit v1.2.3 From fcb119183c73bf0781009713f303e28b1fb13d3e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bjorn Helgaas Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 10:38:46 -0700 Subject: resources: add arch hook for preventing allocation in reserved areas This adds arch_remove_reservations(), which an arch can implement if it needs to protect part of the address space from allocation. Sometimes that can be done by just putting a region in the resource tree, but there are cases where that doesn't work well. For example, x86 BIOS E820 reservations are not related to devices, so they may overlap part of, all of, or more than a device resource, so they may not end up at the correct spot in the resource tree. Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes --- include/linux/ioport.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ioport.h b/include/linux/ioport.h index b22790268b64..e9bb22cba764 100644 --- a/include/linux/ioport.h +++ b/include/linux/ioport.h @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ extern void reserve_region_with_split(struct resource *root, extern struct resource *insert_resource_conflict(struct resource *parent, struct resource *new); extern int insert_resource(struct resource *parent, struct resource *new); extern void insert_resource_expand_to_fit(struct resource *root, struct resource *new); +extern void arch_remove_reservations(struct resource *avail); extern int allocate_resource(struct resource *root, struct resource *new, resource_size_t size, resource_size_t min, resource_size_t max, resource_size_t align, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4b8fe66300acb2fba8b16d62606e0d30204022fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Dmitry V. Levin" Date: Fri, 17 Dec 2010 12:03:14 -0800 Subject: netlink: fix gcc -Wconversion compilation warning $ cat << EOF | gcc -Wconversion -xc -S -o/dev/null - unsigned f(void) {return NLMSG_HDRLEN;} EOF : In function 'f': :3:26: warning: negative integer implicitly converted to unsigned type Signed-off-by: Dmitry V. Levin Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netlink.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netlink.h b/include/linux/netlink.h index 123566912d73..e2b9e63afa68 100644 --- a/include/linux/netlink.h +++ b/include/linux/netlink.h @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ struct nlmsghdr { Check NLM_F_EXCL */ -#define NLMSG_ALIGNTO 4 +#define NLMSG_ALIGNTO 4U #define NLMSG_ALIGN(len) ( ((len)+NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) & ~(NLMSG_ALIGNTO-1) ) #define NLMSG_HDRLEN ((int) NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct nlmsghdr))) #define NLMSG_LENGTH(len) ((len)+NLMSG_ALIGN(NLMSG_HDRLEN)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From e27fc9641e8ddc8146f8e01f06e5eba2469698de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tejun Heo Date: Mon, 22 Nov 2010 21:36:11 -0800 Subject: rcu: increase synchronize_sched_expedited() batching The fix in commit #6a0cc49 requires more than three concurrent instances of synchronize_sched_expedited() before batching is possible. This patch uses a ticket-counter-like approach that is also not unrelated to Lai Jiangshan's Ring RCU to allow sharing of expedited grace periods even when there are only two concurrent instances of synchronize_sched_expedited(). This commit builds on Tejun's original posting, which may be found at http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/9/204, adding memory barriers, avoiding overflow of signed integers (other than via atomic_t), and fixing the detection of batching. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rcupdate.h | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rcupdate.h b/include/linux/rcupdate.h index 49e8e16308e1..af5614856285 100644 --- a/include/linux/rcupdate.h +++ b/include/linux/rcupdate.h @@ -47,6 +47,8 @@ extern int rcutorture_runnable; /* for sysctl */ #endif /* #ifdef CONFIG_RCU_TORTURE_TEST */ +#define UINT_CMP_GE(a, b) (UINT_MAX / 2 >= (a) - (b)) +#define UINT_CMP_LT(a, b) (UINT_MAX / 2 < (a) - (b)) #define ULONG_CMP_GE(a, b) (ULONG_MAX / 2 >= (a) - (b)) #define ULONG_CMP_LT(a, b) (ULONG_MAX / 2 < (a) - (b)) -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8a9c1cee26c0ece23b38c45b92b724438878f842 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mariusz Kozlowski Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 23:11:12 +0100 Subject: rculist: fix borked __list_for_each_rcu() macro This restores parentheses blance. Signed-off-by: Mariusz Kozlowski Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rculist.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rculist.h b/include/linux/rculist.h index f31ef61f1c65..70d3ba504d17 100644 --- a/include/linux/rculist.h +++ b/include/linux/rculist.h @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ static inline void list_splice_init_rcu(struct list_head *list, #define __list_for_each_rcu(pos, head) \ for (pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(head)); \ pos != (head); \ - pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu((pos))) + pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(pos))) /** * list_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3c2dcf2aed5ea22ecf65a9a871c4963faec421b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Paul E. McKenney" Date: Wed, 15 Dec 2010 21:12:15 -0800 Subject: rcu: remove unused __list_for_each_rcu() macro Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney --- include/linux/rculist.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/rculist.h b/include/linux/rculist.h index 70d3ba504d17..2dea94fc4402 100644 --- a/include/linux/rculist.h +++ b/include/linux/rculist.h @@ -241,11 +241,6 @@ static inline void list_splice_init_rcu(struct list_head *list, #define list_first_entry_rcu(ptr, type, member) \ list_entry_rcu((ptr)->next, type, member) -#define __list_for_each_rcu(pos, head) \ - for (pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(head)); \ - pos != (head); \ - pos = rcu_dereference_raw(list_next_rcu(pos))) - /** * list_for_each_entry_rcu - iterate over rcu list of given type * @pos: the type * to use as a loop cursor. -- cgit v1.2.3 From c6eda6c5eeb357ff231121619fb49d2bc0605faf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:12 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc35892: rename tc35892 header to tc3589x Rename the header file to include further variants within the same mfd core driver Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h | 136 -------------------------------------------- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 136 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2 files changed, 136 insertions(+), 136 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h create mode 100644 include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h deleted file mode 100644 index eff3094ca84e..000000000000 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc35892.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson SA 2010 - * - * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 - */ - -#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H -#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H - -#include - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) - -#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 - -#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 -#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 -#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 -#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 - -#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 -#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 -#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 -#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 -#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 - -#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 -#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA -#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB -#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC -#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD -#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE - -#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 - -#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB - -#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 - -#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 -#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 -#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 -#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 -#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 -#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 -#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 - -#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 -#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) - -struct tc35892 { - struct mutex lock; - struct device *dev; - struct i2c_client *i2c; - - int irq_base; - int num_gpio; - struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; -}; - -extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); -extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); -extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, - u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, - const u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); - -/** - * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data - * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of - * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. - * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization - * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown - */ -struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { - int gpio_base; - void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); - void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); -}; - -/** - * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data - * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. - * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data - */ -struct tc35892_platform_data { - int irq_base; - struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; -}; - -#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 -#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) - -#endif diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eff3094ca84e --- /dev/null +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) ST-Ericsson SA 2010 + * + * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 + */ + +#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H +#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H + +#include + +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) + +#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 + +#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 +#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 +#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 +#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 + +#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 +#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 +#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A + +#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 +#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 +#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 + +#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 +#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA +#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD +#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 +#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 +#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 +#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA +#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB +#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC +#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD +#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE + +#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 +#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 +#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 +#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 + +#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 +#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 +#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 + +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 +#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 + +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA +#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB + +#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 +#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 +#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 +#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 + +#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 +#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 +#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 +#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 +#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 +#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 +#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 + +#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 +#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) + +struct tc35892 { + struct mutex lock; + struct device *dev; + struct i2c_client *i2c; + + int irq_base; + int num_gpio; + struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; +}; + +extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); +extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); +extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, + u8 *values); +extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, + const u8 *values); +extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); + +/** + * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data + * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of + * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. + * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization + * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown + */ +struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { + int gpio_base; + void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); +}; + +/** + * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data + * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. + * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data + */ +struct tc35892_platform_data { + int irq_base; + struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; +}; + +#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 +#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) + +#endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 20406ebff4a298e6e3abbc1717a90bb3e55dc820 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:14 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc3589x: rename tc35892 structs/registers to tc359x Most of the register layout, client IRQ numbers on the TC35892 is shared also by other variants. Make this generic as tc3589x Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 202 ++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 101 insertions(+), 101 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index eff3094ca84e..ea1918896f5b 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -4,133 +4,133 @@ * License Terms: GNU General Public License, version 2 */ -#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H -#define __LINUX_MFD_TC35892_H +#ifndef __LINUX_MFD_TC3589x_H +#define __LINUX_MFD_TC3589x_H #include -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) - -#define TC35892_IRQST 0x91 - -#define TC35892_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 -#define TC35892_MANFCODE 0x80 -#define TC35892_VERSION 0x81 -#define TC35892_IOCFG 0xA7 - -#define TC35892_CLKMODE 0x88 -#define TC35892_CLKCFG 0x89 -#define TC35892_CLKEN 0x8A - -#define TC35892_RSTCTRL 0x82 -#define TC35892_EXTRSTN 0x83 -#define TC35892_RSTINTCLR 0x84 - -#define TC35892_GPIOIS0 0xC9 -#define TC35892_GPIOIS1 0xCA -#define TC35892_GPIOIS2 0xCB -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE0 0xCC -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE1 0xCD -#define TC35892_GPIOIBE2 0xCE -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV0 0xCF -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 -#define TC35892_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE0 0xD2 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE1 0xD3 -#define TC35892_GPIOIE2 0xD4 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS0 0xD6 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS1 0xD7 -#define TC35892_GPIORIS2 0xD8 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS1 0xDA -#define TC35892_GPIOMIS2 0xDB -#define TC35892_GPIOIC0 0xDC -#define TC35892_GPIOIC1 0xDD -#define TC35892_GPIOIC2 0xDE - -#define TC35892_GPIODATA0 0xC0 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA1 0xC2 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 -#define TC35892_GPIODATA2 0xC4 -#define TC35892_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 - -#define TC35892_GPIODIR0 0xC6 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR1 0xC7 -#define TC35892_GPIODIR2 0xC8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 -#define TC35892_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 - -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA -#define TC35892_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB - -#define TC35892_GPIOODM0 0xE0 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE0 0xE1 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM1 0xE2 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE1 0xE3 -#define TC35892_GPIOODM2 0xE4 -#define TC35892_GPIOODE2 0xE5 - -#define TC35892_INT_GPIIRQ 0 -#define TC35892_INT_TI0IRQ 1 -#define TC35892_INT_TI1IRQ 2 -#define TC35892_INT_TI2IRQ 3 -#define TC35892_INT_ROTIRQ 5 -#define TC35892_INT_KBDIRQ 6 -#define TC35892_INT_PORIRQ 7 - -#define TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 -#define TC35892_INT_GPIO(x) (TC35892_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) - -struct tc35892 { +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) + +#define TC3589x_IRQST 0x91 + +#define TC3589x_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 +#define TC3589x_MANFCODE 0x80 +#define TC3589x_VERSION 0x81 +#define TC3589x_IOCFG 0xA7 + +#define TC3589x_CLKMODE 0x88 +#define TC3589x_CLKCFG 0x89 +#define TC3589x_CLKEN 0x8A + +#define TC3589x_RSTCTRL 0x82 +#define TC3589x_EXTRSTN 0x83 +#define TC3589x_RSTINTCLR 0x84 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS0 0xC9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS1 0xCA +#define TC3589x_GPIOIS2 0xCB +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE0 0xCC +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE1 0xCD +#define TC3589x_GPIOIBE2 0xCE +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV0 0xCF +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV1 0xD0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIEV2 0xD1 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE0 0xD2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE1 0xD3 +#define TC3589x_GPIOIE2 0xD4 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS0 0xD6 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS1 0xD7 +#define TC3589x_GPIORIS2 0xD8 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS0 0xD9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS1 0xDA +#define TC3589x_GPIOMIS2 0xDB +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC0 0xDC +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC1 0xDD +#define TC3589x_GPIOIC2 0xDE + +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA0 0xC0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK0 0xc1 +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA1 0xC2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK1 0xc3 +#define TC3589x_GPIODATA2 0xC4 +#define TC3589x_GPIOMASK2 0xC5 + +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR0 0xC6 +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR1 0xC7 +#define TC3589x_GPIODIR2 0xC8 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC0 0xE6 +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC1 0xE7 +#define TC3589x_GPIOSYNC2 0xE8 + +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE0 0xE9 +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE1 0xEA +#define TC3589x_GPIOWAKE2 0xEB + +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM0 0xE0 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE0 0xE1 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM1 0xE2 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE1 0xE3 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODM2 0xE4 +#define TC3589x_GPIOODE2 0xE5 + +#define TC3589x_INT_GPIIRQ 0 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI0IRQ 1 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI1IRQ 2 +#define TC3589x_INT_TI2IRQ 3 +#define TC3589x_INT_ROTIRQ 5 +#define TC3589x_INT_KBDIRQ 6 +#define TC3589x_INT_PORIRQ 7 + +#define TC3589x_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS 8 +#define TC3589x_INT_GPIO(x) (TC3589x_NR_INTERNAL_IRQS + (x)) + +struct tc3589x { struct mutex lock; struct device *dev; struct i2c_client *i2c; int irq_base; int num_gpio; - struct tc35892_platform_data *pdata; + struct tc3589x_platform_data *pdata; }; -extern int tc35892_reg_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 data); -extern int tc35892_reg_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg); -extern int tc35892_block_read(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, +extern int tc3589x_reg_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 data); +extern int tc3589x_reg_read(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg); +extern int tc3589x_block_read(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_block_write(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 length, +extern int tc3589x_block_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, const u8 *values); -extern int tc35892_set_bits(struct tc35892 *tc35892, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); +extern int tc3589x_set_bits(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); /** - * struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data - TC35892 GPIO platform data - * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC35892. A maximum of - * %TC35892_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. + * struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data - TC3589x GPIO platform data + * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC3589x. A maximum of + * %TC3589x_NR_GPIOS GPIOs will be allocated. * @setup: callback for board-specific initialization * @remove: callback for board-specific teardown */ -struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data { +struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { int gpio_base; - void (*setup)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); - void (*remove)(struct tc35892 *tc35892, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*setup)(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, unsigned gpio_base); + void (*remove)(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, unsigned gpio_base); }; /** - * struct tc35892_platform_data - TC35892 platform data - * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC35892_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. + * struct tc3589x_platform_data - TC3589x platform data + * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data */ -struct tc35892_platform_data { +struct tc3589x_platform_data { int irq_base; - struct tc35892_gpio_platform_data *gpio; + struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; }; -#define TC35892_NR_GPIOS 24 -#define TC35892_NR_IRQS TC35892_INT_GPIO(TC35892_NR_GPIOS) +#define TC3589x_NR_GPIOS 24 +#define TC3589x_NR_IRQS TC3589x_INT_GPIO(TC3589x_NR_GPIOS) #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 611b7590afa6e6c6b0942b1d3efef17fbb348ef5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Mon, 13 Dec 2010 09:33:15 +0530 Subject: mfd/tc3589x: add block identifier for multiple child devices Add block identifier to be able to add multiple mfd clients to the mfd core Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index ea1918896f5b..da00958b12d9 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -9,6 +9,11 @@ #include +enum tx3589x_block { + TC3589x_BLOCK_GPIO = 1 << 0, + TC3589x_BLOCK_KEYPAD = 1 << 1, +}; + #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_IRQRST (1 << 4) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_TIMRST (1 << 3) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_ROTRST (1 << 2) @@ -122,10 +127,12 @@ struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { /** * struct tc3589x_platform_data - TC3589x platform data + * @block: bitmask of blocks to enable (use TC3589x_BLOCK_*) * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data */ struct tc3589x_platform_data { + unsigned int block; int irq_base; struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From b8da46d3d55807037b58f14621a0949f18053bde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Nicolas Pitre Date: Mon, 20 Dec 2010 00:29:32 -0500 Subject: clarify a usage constraint for cnt32_to_63() The cnt32_to_63 algorithm relies on proper counter data evaluation ordering to work properly. This was missing from the provided documentation. Let's augment the documentation with the missing usage constraint and fix the only instance that got it wrong. Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre Acked-by: David Howells Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h | 20 +++++++++++++++++++- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h b/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h index 7605fdd1eb65..e3d8bf26e5eb 100644 --- a/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h +++ b/include/linux/cnt32_to_63.h @@ -61,13 +61,31 @@ union cnt32_to_63 { * * 2) this code must not be preempted for a duration longer than the * 32-bit counter half period minus the longest period between two - * calls to this code. + * calls to this code; * * Those requirements ensure proper update to the state bit in memory. * This is usually not a problem in practice, but if it is then a kernel * timer should be scheduled to manage for this code to be executed often * enough. * + * And finally: + * + * 3) the cnt_lo argument must be seen as a globally incrementing value, + * meaning that it should be a direct reference to the counter data which + * can be evaluated according to a specific ordering within the macro, + * and not the result of a previous evaluation stored in a variable. + * + * For example, this is wrong: + * + * u32 partial = get_hw_count(); + * u64 full = cnt32_to_63(partial); + * return full; + * + * This is fine: + * + * u64 full = cnt32_to_63(get_hw_count()); + * return full; + * * Note that the top bit (bit 63) in the returned value should be considered * as garbage. It is not cleared here because callers are likely to use a * multiplier on the returned value which can get rid of the top bit -- cgit v1.2.3 From 24bdd9f4c9af75b33b438d60381a67626de0128d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:48 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Rename mesh_params to mesh_config to prepare for mesh_setup Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it. This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config in preparation for mesh_setup. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 15 ++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 7483a89cee8f..11a1de67b618 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. * - * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS: Get mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * - * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS: Set mesh networking properties for the + * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX * * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The @@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ enum nl80211_commands { NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, - NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS, - NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, + NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, @@ -538,6 +538,10 @@ enum nl80211_commands { #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT +/* source-level API compatibility */ +#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG +#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG + /** * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes * @@ -922,7 +926,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, - NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, @@ -1058,6 +1062,7 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { /* source-level API compatibility */ #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION +#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG /* * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them -- cgit v1.2.3 From c80d545da3f7c0e534ccd4a780f322f80a92cff1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:37:49 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Let userspace enable and configure vendor specific path selection. Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the 802.11s draft. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 25 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ include/linux/nl80211.h | 47 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- 2 files changed, 68 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index 7f2354534242..cd681681d211 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -1291,6 +1291,31 @@ enum ieee80211_key_len { WLAN_KEY_LEN_AES_CMAC = 16, }; +/** + * enum - mesh path selection protocol identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP: the default path selection protocol + * @IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR: a vendor specific protocol that will + * be specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_HWMP = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_PROTOCOL_VENDOR = 255, +}; + +/** + * enum - mesh path selection metric identifier + * + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME: the default path selection metric + * @IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR: a vendor specific metric that will be + * specified in a vendor specific information element + */ +enum { + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_AIRTIME = 0, + IEEE80211_PATH_METRIC_VENDOR = 255, +}; + + /* * IEEE 802.11-2007 7.3.2.9 Country information element * diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 11a1de67b618..69eaccac78c4 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -872,6 +872,9 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be + * changed once the mesh is active. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use */ @@ -1054,6 +1057,8 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, + NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, @@ -1564,7 +1569,8 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { /** * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters * - * Mesh configuration parameters + * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is + * active. * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use * @@ -1587,9 +1593,6 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh * point. * - * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a - * source mesh point for path selection elements. - * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically * open peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. * @@ -1616,6 +1619,9 @@ enum nl80211_mntr_flags { * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not * + * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a + * source mesh point for path selection elements. + * * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute * * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use @@ -1643,6 +1649,39 @@ enum nl80211_meshconf_params { NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 }; +/** + * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters + * + * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be + * changed while the mesh is active. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the default + * HWMP. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a + * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime + * metric. + * + * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE: A vendor specific information + * element that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and + * metrics in use. + * + * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use + */ +enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE, + + /* keep last */ + __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, + NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 +}; + /** * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved -- cgit v1.2.3 From 39fd5de4472b7b222c6cec78d72b069133f694e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bruno Randolf Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 11:30:28 +0900 Subject: nl80211: Export available antennas Export the information which antennas are available for configuration as TX or RX antennas via nl80211. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/nl80211.h | 9 +++++++++ 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nl80211.h b/include/linux/nl80211.h index 69eaccac78c4..2b89b712565b 100644 --- a/include/linux/nl80211.h +++ b/include/linux/nl80211.h @@ -858,6 +858,12 @@ enum nl80211_commands { * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. * For a more detailed descripton see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. + * + * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available + * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. + * * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS * * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be @@ -1059,6 +1065,9 @@ enum nl80211_attrs { NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, + NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, + /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, -- cgit v1.2.3 From 61ad5394590c5c5338ab4ec50553d809a9996d50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Javier Cardona Date: Thu, 16 Dec 2010 17:23:34 -0800 Subject: mac80211: Remove unused third address from mesh address extension header. The Mesh Control header only includes 0, 1 or 2 addresses. If there is one address, it should be interpreted as Address 4. If there are 2, they are interpreted as Addresses 5 and 6 (Address 4 being the 4th address in the 802.11 header). The address extension used to hold up to 3 addresses instead of the current 2. I'm not sure which draft version changed this, but it is very unlikely that it will change again given the state of the approval process of this draft. See section 7.1.3.6.3 in current draft (8.0). Also, note that the extra address that I'm removing was not being used, so this change has no effect on over-the-air frame formats. But I thought I better remove it before someone does start using it. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona Signed-off-by: John W. Linville --- include/linux/ieee80211.h | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/ieee80211.h b/include/linux/ieee80211.h index cd681681d211..6042228954a7 100644 --- a/include/linux/ieee80211.h +++ b/include/linux/ieee80211.h @@ -536,7 +536,6 @@ struct ieee80211s_hdr { __le32 seqnum; u8 eaddr1[6]; u8 eaddr2[6]; - u8 eaddr3[6]; } __attribute__ ((packed)); /* Mesh flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4f32e9b1f812fd6c00cc85a127583fefbdedaedc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yong Zhang Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 10:27:53 +0100 Subject: kthread_work: make lockdep happy spinlock in kthread_worker and wait_queue_head in kthread_work both should be lockdep sensible, so change the interface to make it suiltable for CONFIG_LOCKDEP. tj: comment update Reported-by: Nicolas Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang Signed-off-by: Andy Walls Tested-by: Andy Walls Cc: Tejun Heo Cc: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo --- include/linux/kthread.h | 45 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 35 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/kthread.h b/include/linux/kthread.h index 685ea65eb803..ce0775aa64c3 100644 --- a/include/linux/kthread.h +++ b/include/linux/kthread.h @@ -81,16 +81,41 @@ struct kthread_work { #define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK(work, fn) \ struct kthread_work work = KTHREAD_WORK_INIT(work, fn) -static inline void init_kthread_worker(struct kthread_worker *worker) -{ - *worker = (struct kthread_worker)KTHREAD_WORKER_INIT(*worker); -} - -static inline void init_kthread_work(struct kthread_work *work, - kthread_work_func_t fn) -{ - *work = (struct kthread_work)KTHREAD_WORK_INIT(*work, fn); -} +/* + * kthread_worker.lock and kthread_work.done need their own lockdep class + * keys if they are defined on stack with lockdep enabled. Use the + * following macros when defining them on stack. + */ +#ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP +# define KTHREAD_WORKER_INIT_ONSTACK(worker) \ + ({ init_kthread_worker(&worker); worker; }) +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORKER_ONSTACK(worker) \ + struct kthread_worker worker = KTHREAD_WORKER_INIT_ONSTACK(worker) +# define KTHREAD_WORK_INIT_ONSTACK(work, fn) \ + ({ init_kthread_work((&work), fn); work; }) +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK_ONSTACK(work, fn) \ + struct kthread_work work = KTHREAD_WORK_INIT_ONSTACK(work, fn) +#else +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORKER_ONSTACK(worker) DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORKER(worker) +# define DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK_ONSTACK(work, fn) DEFINE_KTHREAD_WORK(work, fn) +#endif + +extern void __init_kthread_worker(struct kthread_worker *worker, + const char *name, struct lock_class_key *key); + +#define init_kthread_worker(worker) \ + do { \ + static struct lock_class_key __key; \ + __init_kthread_worker((worker), "("#worker")->lock", &__key); \ + } while (0) + +#define init_kthread_work(work, fn) \ + do { \ + memset((work), 0, sizeof(struct kthread_work)); \ + INIT_LIST_HEAD(&(work)->node); \ + (work)->func = (fn); \ + init_waitqueue_head(&(work)->done); \ + } while (0) int kthread_worker_fn(void *worker_ptr); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4a7863cc2eb5f9804f1c4e9156619a801cd7f14f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Don Zickus Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 14:00:03 -0500 Subject: x86, nmi_watchdog: Remove ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG and rely on CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR The x86 arch has shifted its use of the nmi_watchdog from a local implementation to the global one provide by kernel/watchdog.c. This shift has caused a whole bunch of compile problems under different config options. I attempt to simplify things with the patch below. In order to simplify things, I had to come to terms with the meaning of two terms ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG and CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. Basically they mean the same thing, the former on a local level and the latter on a global level. With the old x86 nmi watchdog gone, there is no need to rely on defining the ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG variable because it doesn't make sense any more. x86 will now use the global implementation. The changes below do a few things. First it changes the few places that relied on ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG to use CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC (the former was an alias for the latter anyway, so nothing unusual here). Those pieces of code were relying more on local apic functionality the nmi watchdog functionality, so the change should make sense. Second, I removed the x86 implementation of touch_nmi_watchdog(). It isn't need now, instead x86 will rely on kernel/watchdog.c's implementation. Third, I removed the #define ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG itself from x86. And tweaked the include/linux/nmi.h file to tell users to look for an externally defined touch_nmi_watchdog in the case of ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG _or_ CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. This changes removes some of the ugliness in that file. Finally, I added a Kconfig dependency for CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR that said you can't have ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG _and_ CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR. You can only have one nmi_watchdog. Tested with ARCH=i386: allnoconfig, defconfig, allyesconfig, (various broken configs) ARCH=x86_64: allnoconfig, defconfig, allyesconfig, (various broken configs) Hopefully, after this patch I won't get any more compile broken emails. :-) v3: changed a couple of 'linux/nmi.h' -> 'asm/nmi.h' to pick-up correct function prototypes when CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR is not set. Signed-off-by: Don Zickus Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: fweisbec@gmail.com LKML-Reference: <1293044403-14117-1-git-send-email-dzickus@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/nmi.h | 6 +----- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/nmi.h b/include/linux/nmi.h index 17ccf44e7dcb..c536f8545f74 100644 --- a/include/linux/nmi.h +++ b/include/linux/nmi.h @@ -14,18 +14,14 @@ * may be used to reset the timeout - for code which intentionally * disables interrupts for a long time. This call is stateless. */ -#ifdef ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG +#if defined(ARCH_HAS_NMI_WATCHDOG) || defined(CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR) #include extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); #else -#ifndef CONFIG_HARDLOCKUP_DETECTOR static inline void touch_nmi_watchdog(void) { touch_softlockup_watchdog(); } -#else -extern void touch_nmi_watchdog(void); -#endif #endif /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4e06fd14d5fa78826397c891654a37e5a36ee827 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Will Newton Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 17:24:29 -0800 Subject: include/linux/unaligned: pack the whole struct rather than just the field The current packed struct implementation of unaligned access adds the packed attribute only to the field within the unaligned struct rather than to the struct as a whole. This is not sufficient to enforce proper behaviour on architectures with a default struct alignment of more than one byte. For example, the current implementation of __get_unaligned_cpu16 when compiled for arm with gcc -O1 -mstructure-size-boundary=32 assumes the struct is on a 4 byte boundary so performs the load of the 16bit packed field as if it were on a 4 byte boundary: __get_unaligned_cpu16: ldrh r0, [r0, #0] bx lr Moving the packed attribute to the struct rather than the field causes the proper unaligned access code to be generated: __get_unaligned_cpu16: ldrb r3, [r0, #0] @ zero_extendqisi2 ldrb r0, [r0, #1] @ zero_extendqisi2 orr r0, r3, r0, asl #8 bx lr Signed-off-by: Will Newton Cc: Arnd Bergmann Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h b/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h index 2498bb9fe002..c9a6abd972a1 100644 --- a/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h +++ b/include/linux/unaligned/packed_struct.h @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ #include -struct __una_u16 { u16 x __attribute__((packed)); }; -struct __una_u32 { u32 x __attribute__((packed)); }; -struct __una_u64 { u64 x __attribute__((packed)); }; +struct __una_u16 { u16 x; } __attribute__((packed)); +struct __una_u32 { u32 x; } __attribute__((packed)); +struct __una_u64 { u64 x; } __attribute__((packed)); static inline u16 __get_unaligned_cpu16(const void *p) { -- cgit v1.2.3 From 4be2c95d1f7706ca0e74499f2bd118e1cee19669 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jeff Mahoney Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 17:24:30 -0800 Subject: taskstats: pad taskstats netlink response for aligment issues on ia64 The taskstats structure is internally aligned on 8 byte boundaries but the layout of the aggregrate reply, with two NLA headers and the pid (each 4 bytes), actually force the entire structure to be unaligned. This causes the kernel to issue unaligned access warnings on some architectures like ia64. Unfortunately, some software out there doesn't properly unroll the NLA packet and assumes that the start of the taskstats structure will always be 20 bytes from the start of the netlink payload. Aligning the start of the taskstats structure breaks this software, which we don't want. So, for now the alignment only happens on architectures that require it and those users will have to update to fixed versions of those packages. Space is reserved in the packet only when needed. This ifdef should be removed in several years e.g. 2012 once we can be confident that fixed versions are installed on most systems. We add the padding before the aggregate since the aggregate is already a defined type. Commit 85893120 ("delayacct: align to 8 byte boundary on 64-bit systems") previously addressed the alignment issues by padding out the pid field. This was supposed to be a compatible change but the circumstances described above mean that it wasn't. This patch backs out that change, since it was a hack, and introduces a new NULL attribute type to provide the padding. Padding the response with 4 bytes avoids allocating an aligned taskstats structure and copying it back. Since the structure weighs in at 328 bytes, it's too big to do it on the stack. Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney Reported-by: Brian Rogers Cc: Jeff Mahoney Cc: Guillaume Chazarain Cc: Balbir Singh Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds --- include/linux/taskstats.h | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/taskstats.h b/include/linux/taskstats.h index 341dddb55090..2466e550a41d 100644 --- a/include/linux/taskstats.h +++ b/include/linux/taskstats.h @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ */ -#define TASKSTATS_VERSION 7 +#define TASKSTATS_VERSION 8 #define TS_COMM_LEN 32 /* should be >= TASK_COMM_LEN * in linux/sched.h */ @@ -188,6 +188,7 @@ enum { TASKSTATS_TYPE_STATS, /* taskstats structure */ TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_PID, /* contains pid + stats */ TASKSTATS_TYPE_AGGR_TGID, /* contains tgid + stats */ + TASKSTATS_TYPE_NULL, /* contains nothing */ __TASKSTATS_TYPE_MAX, }; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 09c730a488c32c2cadb31cdb8dcc4df528441197 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Sundar Iyer Date: Tue, 21 Dec 2010 15:53:31 +0530 Subject: input/tc3589x: add tc3589x keypad support Add support for the keypad controller module found on the TC3589X devices. This driver default adds the support for TC35893 device. Signed-off-by: Sundar Iyer Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov [Some minor fixups for compilation] Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij --- include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h | 52 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 52 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h index da00958b12d9..16c76e124f9c 100644 --- a/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h +++ b/include/linux/mfd/tc3589x.h @@ -20,6 +20,17 @@ enum tx3589x_block { #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_KBDRST (1 << 1) #define TC3589x_RSTCTRL_GPIRST (1 << 0) +/* Keyboard Configuration Registers */ +#define TC3589x_KBDSETTLE_REG 0x01 +#define TC3589x_KBDBOUNCE 0x02 +#define TC3589x_KBDSIZE 0x03 +#define TC3589x_KBCFG_LSB 0x04 +#define TC3589x_KBCFG_MSB 0x05 +#define TC3589x_KBDIC 0x08 +#define TC3589x_KBDMSK 0x09 +#define TC3589x_EVTCODE_FIFO 0x10 +#define TC3589x_KBDMFS 0x8F + #define TC3589x_IRQST 0x91 #define TC3589x_MANFCODE_MAGIC 0x03 @@ -35,6 +46,14 @@ enum tx3589x_block { #define TC3589x_EXTRSTN 0x83 #define TC3589x_RSTINTCLR 0x84 +/* Pull up/down configuration registers */ +#define TC3589x_IOCFG 0xA7 +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG0_LSB 0xAA +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG0_MSB 0xAB +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG1_LSB 0xAC +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG1_MSB 0xAD +#define TC3589x_IOPULLCFG2_LSB 0xAE + #define TC3589x_GPIOIS0 0xC9 #define TC3589x_GPIOIS1 0xCA #define TC3589x_GPIOIS2 0xCB @@ -112,6 +131,37 @@ extern int tc3589x_block_write(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 length, const u8 *values); extern int tc3589x_set_bits(struct tc3589x *tc3589x, u8 reg, u8 mask, u8 val); +/* + * Keypad related platform specific constants + * These values may be modified for fine tuning + */ +#define TC_KPD_ROWS 0x8 +#define TC_KPD_COLUMNS 0x8 +#define TC_KPD_DEBOUNCE_PERIOD 0xA3 +#define TC_KPD_SETTLE_TIME 0xA3 + +/** + * struct tc35893_platform_data - data structure for platform specific data + * @keymap_data: matrix scan code table for keycodes + * @krow: mask for available rows, value is 0xFF + * @kcol: mask for available columns, value is 0xFF + * @debounce_period: platform specific debounce time + * @settle_time: platform specific settle down time + * @irqtype: type of interrupt, falling or rising edge + * @enable_wakeup: specifies if keypad event can wake up system from sleep + * @no_autorepeat: flag for auto repetition + */ +struct tc3589x_keypad_platform_data { + const struct matrix_keymap_data *keymap_data; + u8 krow; + u8 kcol; + u8 debounce_period; + u8 settle_time; + unsigned long irqtype; + bool enable_wakeup; + bool no_autorepeat; +}; + /** * struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data - TC3589x GPIO platform data * @gpio_base: first gpio number assigned to TC3589x. A maximum of @@ -130,11 +180,13 @@ struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data { * @block: bitmask of blocks to enable (use TC3589x_BLOCK_*) * @irq_base: base IRQ number. %TC3589x_NR_IRQS irqs will be used. * @gpio: GPIO-specific platform data + * @keypad: keypad-specific platform data */ struct tc3589x_platform_data { unsigned int block; int irq_base; struct tc3589x_gpio_platform_data *gpio; + const struct tc3589x_keypad_platform_data *keypad; }; #define TC3589x_NR_GPIOS 24 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3e29027af43728c2a91fe3f735ab2822edaf54a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:25:46 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards. Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy is, [DCB_ATTR_IFNAME] [DCB_ATTR_STATE] ... [DCB_ATTR_IEEE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE] [DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP] ... The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle the IEEE standard, int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *); int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *); int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *); Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 106 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 106 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 8723491f7dfd..287b5618e296 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -22,6 +22,87 @@ #include +/* IEEE 802.1Qaz std supported values */ +#define IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS 8 + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz ETS managed object + * + * @willing: willing bit in ETS configuratin TLV + * @ets_cap: indicates supported capacity of ets feature + * @cbs: credit based shaper ets algorithm supported + * @tc_tx_bw: tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_rx_bw: tc rx bandwidth indexed by traffic class + * @tc_tsa: TSA Assignment table, indexed by traffic class + * @prio_tc: priority assignment table mapping 8021Qp to traffic class + * @tc_reco_bw: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @tc_reco_tsa: recommended tc bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * @reco_prio_tc: recommended tc tx bandwidth indexed by traffic class for TLV + * + * Recommended values are used to set fields in the ETS recommendation TLV + * with hardware offloaded LLDP. + * + * ---- + * TSA Assignment 8 bit identifiers + * 0 strict priority + * 1 credit-based shaper + * 2 enhanced transmission selection + * 3-254 reserved + * 255 vendor specific + */ +struct ieee_ets { + __u8 willing; + __u8 ets_cap; + __u8 cbs; + __u8 tc_tx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_rx_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_bw[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 tc_reco_tsa[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u8 reco_prio_tc[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz PFC managed object + * + * @pfc_cap: Indicates the number of traffic classes on the local device + * that may simultaneously have PFC enabled. + * @pfc_en: bitmap indicating pfc enabled traffic classes + * @mbc: enable macsec bypass capability + * @delay: the allowance made for a round-trip propagation delay of the + * link in bits. + * @requests: count of the sent pfc frames + * @indications: count of the received pfc frames + */ +struct ieee_pfc { + __u8 pfc_cap; + __u8 pfc_en; + __u8 mbc; + __u16 delay; + __u64 requests[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; + __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; +}; + +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object + * + * @selector: protocol identifier type + * @protocol: protocol of type indicated + * @priority: 3-bit unsigned integer indicating priority + * + * ---- + * Selector field values + * 0 Reserved + * 1 Ethertype + * 2 Well known port number over TCP or SCTP + * 3 Well known port number over UDP or DCCP + * 4 Well known port number over TCP, SCTP, UDP, or DCCP + * 5-7 Reserved + */ +struct dcb_app { + __u8 selector; + __u32 protocol; + __u8 priority; +}; + struct dcbmsg { __u8 dcb_family; __u8 cmd; @@ -50,6 +131,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SBCN: get backward congestion notification configration. * @DCB_CMD_GAPP: get application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -83,6 +166,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GAPP, DCB_CMD_SAPP, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, + DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -102,6 +188,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_CAP: DCB capabilities of the device (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -119,10 +206,29 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_BCN, DCB_ATTR_APP, + /* IEEE std attributes */ + DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +enum ieee_attrs { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_MAX - 1) + +enum ieee_attrs_app { + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_UNSPEC, + DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP, + __DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX +}; +#define DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX (__DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_MAX - 1) + /** * enum dcbnl_pfc_attrs - DCB Priority Flow Control user priority nested attrs * -- cgit v1.2.3 From 9ab933ab2cc80f04690d6aa385b1110075c5e507 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: John Fastabend Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 09:26:31 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks may use the application priority to set the skb priority of their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority. This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example Signed-off-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 287b5618e296..775bdb4465bf 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -82,7 +82,9 @@ struct ieee_pfc { __u64 indications[IEEE_8021QAZ_MAX_TCS]; }; -/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object +/* This structure contains the IEEE 802.1Qaz APP managed object. This + * object is also used for the CEE std as well. There is no difference + * between the objects. * * @selector: protocol identifier type * @protocol: protocol of type indicated -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6241b6259b16aa390ff4bf50f520685b3801200b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:48 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX engine capability Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a subset of the advertised attributes. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Acked-by: John Fastabend Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 43 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 43 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 775bdb4465bf..16eea36d8934 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -135,6 +135,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_SAPP: set application protocol configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET: set IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -171,6 +173,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_IEEE_SET, DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET, + DCB_CMD_GDCBX, + DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -191,6 +196,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_NUMTCS: number of traffic classes supported (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) + * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -211,6 +217,8 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { /* IEEE std attributes */ DCB_ATTR_IEEE, + DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -370,6 +378,8 @@ enum dcbnl_tc_attrs { * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP: (NLA_U8) device supports group strict priority * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN: (NLA_U8) device supports Backwards Congestion * Notification + * @DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX: (NLA_U8) device supports DCBX engine + * */ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -381,11 +391,44 @@ enum dcbnl_cap_attrs { DCB_CAP_ATTR_PFC_TCS, DCB_CAP_ATTR_GSP, DCB_CAP_ATTR_BCN, + DCB_CAP_ATTR_DCBX, __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_CAP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * DCBX capability flags + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST: DCBX negotiation is performed by the host LLDP agent. + * 'set' routines are used to configure the device with + * the negotiated parameters + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED: DCBX negotiation is not performed in the host but + * by another entity + * 'get' routines are used to retrieve the + * negotiated parameters + * 'set' routines can be used to set the initial + * negotiation configuration + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the CEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports the IEEE protocol flavor + * + * @DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC: for a non-host DCBX engine, indicates the engine + * supports static configuration (i.e no actual + * negotiation is performed negotiated parameters equal + * the initial configuration) + * + */ +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_HOST 0x01 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_LLD_MANAGED 0x02 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_CEE 0x04 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_VER_IEEE 0x08 +#define DCB_CAP_DCBX_STATIC 0x10 + /** * enum dcbnl_numtcs_attrs - number of traffic classes * -- cgit v1.2.3 From ea45fe4e176a42d2396878f530cfdc8265bef37b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Shmulik Ravid Date: Thu, 30 Dec 2010 06:26:55 +0000 Subject: dcbnl: adding DCBX feature flags get-set Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the features is enabled after the negotiation. This patch is dependent on the following patches: [net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes [net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers [net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/dcbnl.h | 33 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 33 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dcbnl.h b/include/linux/dcbnl.h index 16eea36d8934..68cd248f6d3e 100644 --- a/include/linux/dcbnl.h +++ b/include/linux/dcbnl.h @@ -137,6 +137,8 @@ struct dcbmsg { * @DCB_CMD_IEEE_GET: get IEEE 802.1Qaz configuration * @DCB_CMD_GDCBX: get DCBX engine configuration * @DCB_CMD_SDCBX: set DCBX engine configuration + * @DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG: get DCBX features flags + * @DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG: set DCBX features negotiation flags */ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_UNDEFINED, @@ -176,6 +178,9 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { DCB_CMD_GDCBX, DCB_CMD_SDCBX, + DCB_CMD_GFEATCFG, + DCB_CMD_SFEATCFG, + __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX, DCB_CMD_MAX = __DCB_CMD_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; @@ -197,6 +202,7 @@ enum dcbnl_commands { * @DCB_ATTR_BCN: backward congestion notification configuration (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_IEEE: IEEE 802.1Qaz supported attributes (NLA_NESTED) * @DCB_ATTR_DCBX: DCBX engine configuration in the device (NLA_U8) + * @DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG: DCBX features flags (NLA_NESTED) */ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_UNDEFINED, @@ -218,6 +224,7 @@ enum dcbnl_attrs { DCB_ATTR_IEEE, DCB_ATTR_DCBX, + DCB_ATTR_FEATCFG, __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, DCB_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, @@ -506,4 +513,30 @@ enum dcbnl_app_attrs { DCB_APP_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_APP_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, }; +/** + * enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs - features conifiguration flags + * + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED: unspecified attribute to catch errors + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL: (NLA_FLAG) all features configuration attributes + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority groups + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for priority + * flow control + * @DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP: (NLA_U8) configuration flags for application TLV + * + */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ERROR 0x01 /* error in feature resolution */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ENABLE 0x02 /* enable feature */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_WILLING 0x04 /* feature is willing */ +#define DCB_FEATCFG_ADVERTISE 0x08 /* advertise feature */ +enum dcbnl_featcfg_attrs { + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_UNDEFINED, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ALL, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PG, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_PFC, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_APP, + + __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX, + DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_MAX = __DCB_FEATCFG_ATTR_ENUM_MAX - 1, +}; + #endif /* __LINUX_DCBNL_H__ */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51f98a8d70583b18cb08b19353aeed5efb0244af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:16 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple zones Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allows TIPC to support a network containing multiple zones. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 9cde86c32412..fa3aeaafeab1 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PORTS 0x4004 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PORTS 0x8004 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 08c80e9a031df0a8f0269477a32f5eae47d7a146 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:17 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting slave nodes Simplifies routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to support slave nodes (i.e. nodes that did not have links to all of the other nodes in its cluster, forcing TIPC to route messages that it could not deliver directly through a non-slave node). Currently, TIPC supports only networks containing non-slave nodes, so this code is unnecessary. Note: The latest edition of the TIPC 2.0 Specification has eliminated the concept of slave nodes entirely. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index fa3aeaafeab1..dcc2b8796d0a 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_ENABLE_BEARER 0x4101 /* tx bearer_config, rx none */ @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 51a8e4dee7653698ba4c6e7de71053665f075273 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:18 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting inter-cluster routing Eliminates routines and data structures that were intended to allow TIPC to route messages to other clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 5 ----- 1 file changed, 5 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index dcc2b8796d0a..1f38df1202ba 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -254,11 +254,6 @@ struct tipc_link_create { struct tipc_media_addr peer_addr; char bearer_name[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME]; }; - -struct tipc_route_info { - __u32 dest; - __u32 router; -}; #endif /* -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f92df6ad49da958d97e171762d0a97a3dc738f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:19 +0000 Subject: tipc: Remove prototype code for supporting multiple clusters Eliminates routines, data structures, and files that were intended to allow TIPC to support a network containing multiple clusters. Currently, TIPC supports only networks consisting of a single cluster within a single zone, so this code is unnecessary. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 1f38df1202ba..677aa13dc5d7 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_PUBL 0x4005 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x4006 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_ZONES 0x4007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ +#define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x4008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_NODES 0x4009 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MAX_SLAVES 0x400A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NETID 0x400B /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_PUBL 0x8005 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SUBSCR 0x8006 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_ZONES 0x8007 /* obsoleted */ -#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ +#define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_CLUSTERS 0x8008 /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_NODES 0x8009 /* tx unsigned, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_MAX_SLAVES 0x800A /* obsoleted */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NETID 0x800B /* tx unsigned, rx none */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 0e65967e33be61e5f67727edd4ea829b47676fc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Allan Stephens Date: Fri, 31 Dec 2010 18:59:32 +0000 Subject: tipc: cleanup various cosmetic whitespace issues Cleans up TIPC's source code to eliminate deviations from generally accepted coding conventions relating to leading/trailing white space and white space around commas, braces, cases, and sizeof. These changes are purely cosmetic and do not alter the operation of TIPC in any way. Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/tipc.h | 18 +++++++------- include/linux/tipc_config.h | 59 ++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 2 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 39 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/tipc.h b/include/linux/tipc.h index d10614b29d59..1eefa3f6d1f4 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc.h: Include file for TIPC socket interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ /* * TIPC addressing primitives */ - + struct tipc_portid { __u32 ref; __u32 node; @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_TOP_SRV 1 /* topology service name type */ #define TIPC_RESERVED_TYPES 64 /* lowest user-publishable name type */ -/* +/* * Publication scopes when binding port names and port name sequences */ @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_HIGH_IMPORTANCE 2 #define TIPC_CRITICAL_IMPORTANCE 3 -/* +/* * Msg rejection/connection shutdown reasons */ @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) * TIPC topology subscription service definitions */ -#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ -#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ +#define TIPC_SUB_PORTS 0x01 /* filter for port availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_SERVICE 0x02 /* filter for service availability */ +#define TIPC_SUB_CANCEL 0x04 /* cancel a subscription */ #if 0 /* The following filter options are not currently implemented */ #define TIPC_SUB_NO_BIND_EVTS 0x04 /* filter out "publish" events */ @@ -137,12 +137,12 @@ static inline unsigned int tipc_node(__u32 addr) #define TIPC_SUB_SINGLE_EVT 0x10 /* expire after first event */ #endif -#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER ~0 /* timeout for permanent subscription */ +#define TIPC_WAIT_FOREVER (~0) /* timeout for permanent subscription */ struct tipc_subscr { struct tipc_name_seq seq; /* name sequence of interest */ __u32 timeout; /* subscription duration (in ms) */ - __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ + __u32 filter; /* bitmask of filter options */ char usr_handle[8]; /* available for subscriber use */ }; diff --git a/include/linux/tipc_config.h b/include/linux/tipc_config.h index 677aa13dc5d7..7d42460a5e3c 100644 --- a/include/linux/tipc_config.h +++ b/include/linux/tipc_config.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * include/linux/tipc_config.h: Include file for TIPC configuration interface - * + * * Copyright (c) 2003-2006, Ericsson AB * Copyright (c) 2005-2007, Wind River Systems * All rights reserved. @@ -54,19 +54,19 @@ * which specify parameters or results for the operation. * * For many operations, the request and reply messages have a fixed number - * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return + * of TLVs (usually zero or one); however, some reply messages may return * a variable number of TLVs. A failed request is denoted by the presence * of an "error string" TLV in the reply message instead of the TLV(s) the * reply should contain if the request succeeds. */ - -/* + +/* * Public commands: * May be issued by any process. - * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. + * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled. */ - -#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ + +#define TIPC_CMD_NOOP 0x0000 /* tx none, rx none */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_NODES 0x0001 /* tx net_addr, rx node_info(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_MEDIA_NAMES 0x0002 /* tx none, rx media_name(s) */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_BEARER_NAMES 0x0003 /* tx none, rx bearer_name(s) */ @@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_LINK_PEER 0x000D /* tx link_name, rx ? */ #endif -/* +/* * Protected commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. * Accepted by own node, or by remote node only if remote management enabled - * and this node is zone manager. + * and this node is zone manager. */ #define TIPC_CMD_GET_REMOTE_MNG 0x4003 /* tx none, rx unsigned */ @@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ #define TIPC_CMD_UNBLOCK_LINK 0x4106 /* tx link_name, rx none */ #endif -/* +/* * Private commands: * May only be issued by "network administration capable" process. - * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. + * Accepted by own node only; cannot be used on a remote node. */ #define TIPC_CMD_SET_NODE_ADDR 0x8001 /* tx net_addr, rx none */ @@ -156,20 +156,20 @@ #define TIPC_TLV_ULTRA_STRING 5 /* char[32768] (max) */ #define TIPC_TLV_ERROR_STRING 16 /* char[128] containing "error code" */ -#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ +#define TIPC_TLV_NET_ADDR 17 /* 32-bit integer denoting */ #define TIPC_TLV_MEDIA_NAME 18 /* char[TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_NAME 19 /* char[TIPC_MAX_BEARER_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_NAME 20 /* char[TIPC_MAX_LINK_NAME] */ #define TIPC_TLV_NODE_INFO 21 /* struct tipc_node_info */ #define TIPC_TLV_LINK_INFO 22 /* struct tipc_link_info */ -#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ -#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_BEARER_CONFIG 23 /* struct tipc_bearer_config */ +#define TIPC_TLV_LINK_CONFIG 24 /* struct tipc_link_config */ #define TIPC_TLV_NAME_TBL_QUERY 25 /* struct tipc_name_table_query */ -#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ +#define TIPC_TLV_PORT_REF 26 /* 32-bit port reference */ /* * Maximum sizes of TIPC bearer-related names (including terminating NUL) - */ + */ #define TIPC_MAX_MEDIA_NAME 16 /* format = media */ #define TIPC_MAX_IF_NAME 16 /* format = interface */ @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ struct tipc_name_table_query { }; /* - * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause + * The error string TLV is a null-terminated string describing the cause * of the request failure. To simplify error processing (and to save space) * the first character of the string can be a special error code character * (lying by the range 0x80 to 0xFF) which represents a pre-defined reason. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ struct tipc_link_create { /* * A TLV consists of a descriptor, followed by the TLV value. - * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; + * TLV descriptor fields are stored in network byte order; * TLV values must also be stored in network byte order (where applicable). * TLV descriptors must be aligned to addresses which are multiple of 4, * so up to 3 bytes of padding may exist at the end of the TLV value area. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ static inline int TLV_OK(const void *tlv, __u16 space) static inline int TLV_CHECK(const void *tlv, __u16 space, __u16 exp_type) { - return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && + return TLV_OK(tlv, space) && (ntohs(((struct tlv_desc *)tlv)->tlv_type) == exp_type); } @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ static inline int TLV_SET(void *tlv, __u16 type, void *data, __u16 len) } /* - * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages + * A TLV list descriptor simplifies processing of messages * containing multiple TLVs. */ @@ -322,15 +322,15 @@ struct tlv_list_desc { __u32 tlv_space; /* # bytes from curr TLV to list end */ }; -static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, +static inline void TLV_LIST_INIT(struct tlv_list_desc *list, void *data, __u32 space) { list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)data; list->tlv_space = space; } - + static inline int TLV_LIST_EMPTY(struct tlv_list_desc *list) -{ +{ return (list->tlv_space == 0); } @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ static inline void TLV_LIST_STEP(struct tlv_list_desc *list) { __u16 tlv_space = TLV_ALIGN(ntohs(list->tlv_ptr->tlv_len)); - list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); + list->tlv_ptr = (struct tlv_desc *)((char *)list->tlv_ptr + tlv_space); list->tlv_space -= tlv_space; } @@ -372,15 +372,14 @@ struct tipc_genlmsghdr { #define TIPC_GENL_HDRLEN NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct tipc_genlmsghdr)) /* - * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration - * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous - * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order - * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data + * Configuration messages exchanged via TIPC sockets use the TIPC configuration + * message header, which is defined below. This structure is analogous + * to the Netlink message header, but fields are stored in network byte order + * and no padding is permitted between the header and the message data * that follows. */ -struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr -{ +struct tipc_cfg_msg_hdr { __be32 tcm_len; /* Message length (including header) */ __be16 tcm_type; /* Command type */ __be16 tcm_flags; /* Additional flags */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 8f33d5277fada0291ea495f7fd44a3e7b7aa41d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Guennadi Liakhovetski Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 14:46:46 +0100 Subject: dmaengine: provide dummy functions for DMA_ENGINE=n This lets drivers, optionally using the dmaengine, build with DMA_ENGINE unselected. Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski Signed-off-by: Dan Williams --- include/linux/dmaengine.h | 13 ++++++++++--- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/dmaengine.h b/include/linux/dmaengine.h index 9d8688b92d8b..8cd00ad98d37 100644 --- a/include/linux/dmaengine.h +++ b/include/linux/dmaengine.h @@ -824,6 +824,8 @@ enum dma_status dma_sync_wait(struct dma_chan *chan, dma_cookie_t cookie); #ifdef CONFIG_DMA_ENGINE enum dma_status dma_wait_for_async_tx(struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *tx); void dma_issue_pending_all(void); +struct dma_chan *__dma_request_channel(dma_cap_mask_t *mask, dma_filter_fn fn, void *fn_param); +void dma_release_channel(struct dma_chan *chan); #else static inline enum dma_status dma_wait_for_async_tx(struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *tx) { @@ -831,7 +833,14 @@ static inline enum dma_status dma_wait_for_async_tx(struct dma_async_tx_descript } static inline void dma_issue_pending_all(void) { - do { } while (0); +} +static inline struct dma_chan *__dma_request_channel(dma_cap_mask_t *mask, + dma_filter_fn fn, void *fn_param) +{ + return NULL; +} +static inline void dma_release_channel(struct dma_chan *chan) +{ } #endif @@ -842,8 +851,6 @@ void dma_async_device_unregister(struct dma_device *device); void dma_run_dependencies(struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *tx); struct dma_chan *dma_find_channel(enum dma_transaction_type tx_type); #define dma_request_channel(mask, x, y) __dma_request_channel(&(mask), x, y) -struct dma_chan *__dma_request_channel(dma_cap_mask_t *mask, dma_filter_fn fn, void *fn_param); -void dma_release_channel(struct dma_chan *chan); /* --- Helper iov-locking functions --- */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68763c890eb2a60f9b50a061502f94e0cf20fdfe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michal Simek Date: Sun, 2 Jan 2011 22:54:09 +0000 Subject: trivial: Fix typo fault in netdevice.h Signed-off-by: Michal Simek Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/netdevice.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/netdevice.h b/include/linux/netdevice.h index cc916c5c3279..0f6b1c965815 100644 --- a/include/linux/netdevice.h +++ b/include/linux/netdevice.h @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ struct xps_dev_maps { * neither operation. * * void (*ndo_vlan_rx_register)(struct net_device *dev, struct vlan_group *grp); - * If device support VLAN receive accleration + * If device support VLAN receive acceleration * (ie. dev->features & NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_RX), then this function is called * when vlan groups for the device changes. Note: grp is NULL * if no vlan's groups are being used. -- cgit v1.2.3 From 7b26e5ebd8b27b0126a84ae7f9a42aa8293d6c48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 09:10:20 +0000 Subject: net: typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h There are typos in comments in include/linux/igmp.h: 83 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY 0x11 /* From RFC1112 */ 84 #define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x12 /* Ditto */ [snip] 88 #define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ 89 #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 90 #define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ The line 88 and 90 are about REPORT messages. The IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT (IGMP V1) value is 0x12. So the comment on line 88 must be /* V2 version of 0x12 */, and the comment on line 90 must be /* V3 version of 0x12 */. Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/igmp.h | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/igmp.h b/include/linux/igmp.h index c4987f265109..74cfcff0148b 100644 --- a/include/linux/igmp.h +++ b/include/linux/igmp.h @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ struct igmpv3_query { #define IGMP_DVMRP 0x13 /* DVMRP routing */ #define IGMP_PIM 0x14 /* PIM routing */ #define IGMP_TRACE 0x15 -#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV2_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x16 /* V2 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE 0x17 -#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x11 */ +#define IGMPV3_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT 0x22 /* V3 version of 0x12 */ #define IGMP_MTRACE_RESP 0x1e #define IGMP_MTRACE 0x1f -- cgit v1.2.3 From 6bf4123760a5aece6e4829ce90b70b6ffd751d65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NeilBrown Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 12:50:16 +1100 Subject: sched: Change wait_for_completion_*_timeout() to return a signed long wait_for_completion_*_timeout() can return: 0: if the wait timed out -ve: if the wait was interrupted +ve: if the completion was completed. As they currently return an 'unsigned long', the last two cases are not easily distinguished which can easily result in buggy code, as is the case for the recently added wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout() call in net/sunrpc/cache.c So change them both to return 'long'. As MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT is LONG_MAX, a large +ve return value should never overflow. Signed-off-by: NeilBrown Cc: Peter Zijlstra Cc: J. Bruce Fields Cc: Andrew Morton Cc: Linus Torvalds LKML-Reference: <20110105125016.64ccab0e@notabene.brown> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar --- include/linux/completion.h | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/completion.h b/include/linux/completion.h index 36d57f74cd01..51494e6b5548 100644 --- a/include/linux/completion.h +++ b/include/linux/completion.h @@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ extern int wait_for_completion_interruptible(struct completion *x); extern int wait_for_completion_killable(struct completion *x); extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_timeout(struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); -extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( - struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); -extern unsigned long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout( - struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); +extern long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout( + struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); +extern long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout( + struct completion *x, unsigned long timeout); extern bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *x); extern bool completion_done(struct completion *x); -- cgit v1.2.3 From 68b65f7305e54b822b2483c60de7d7b017526a92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russell King Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 17:24:39 +0000 Subject: ARM: PL011: Add support for transmit DMA Add DMA engine support for transmit to the PL011 driver. Based on a patch from Linus Walliej, with the following changes: - remove RX DMA support. As PL011 doesn't give us receive timeout interrupts, we only get notified of received data when the RX DMA has completed. This rather sucks for interactive use of the TTY. - remove abuse of completions. Completions are supposed to be for events, not to tell what condition buffers are in. Replace it with a simple 'queued' bool. - fix locking - it is only safe to access the circular buffer with the port lock held. - only map the DMA buffer when required - if we're ever behind an IOMMU this helps keep IOMMU usage down, and also ensures that we're legal when we change the scatterlist entry length. - fix XON/XOFF sending - we must send XON/XOFF characters out as soon as possible - waiting for up to 4095 characters in the DMA buffer to be sent first is not acceptable. - fix XON/XOFF receive handling - we need to stop DMA when instructed to by the TTY layer, and restart it again when instructed to. There is a subtle problem here: we must not completely empty the circular buffer with DMA, otherwise we will not be notified of XON. - change the 'enable_dma' flag into a 'using DMA' flag, and track whether we can use TX DMA by whether the channel pointer is non-NULL. This gives us more control over whether we use DMA in the driver. - we don't need to have the TX DMA buffer continually allocated for each port - instead, allocate it when the port starts up, and free it when it's shut down. Update the 'using DMA' flag if we get the buffer, and adjust the TTY FIFO size appropriately. - if we're going to use PIO to send characters, use the existing IRQ based functionality rather than reimplementing it. This also ensures we call uart_write_wakeup() at the appropriate time, otherwise we'll stall. - use DMA engine helper functions for type safety. - fix init when built as a module - we can't have to initcall functions, so we must settle on one. This means we can eliminate the deferred DMA initialization. - there is no need to terminate transfers on a failed prep_slave_sg() call - nothing has been setup, so nothing needs to be terminated. This avoids a potential deadlock in the DMA engine code (tasklet->callback->failed prepare->terminate->tasklet_disable which then ends up waiting for the tasklet to finish running.) - Dan says that the submission callback should not return an error: | dma_submit_error() is something I should have removed after commit | a0587bcf "ioat1: move descriptor allocation from submit to prep" all | errors should be notified by prep failing to return a descriptor | handle. Negative dma_cookie_t values are only returned by the | dma_async_memcpy* calls which translate a prep failure into -ENOMEM. So remove the error handling at that point. This also solves the potential deadlock mentioned in the previous comment. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/serial.h | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/serial.h b/include/linux/amba/serial.h index 6021588ba0a8..577f22eb9225 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/serial.h @@ -180,6 +180,13 @@ struct amba_device; /* in uncompress this is included but amba/bus.h is not */ struct amba_pl010_data { void (*set_mctrl)(struct amba_device *dev, void __iomem *base, unsigned int mctrl); }; + +struct dma_chan; +struct amba_pl011_data { + bool (*dma_filter)(struct dma_chan *chan, void *filter_param); + void *dma_rx_param; + void *dma_tx_param; +}; #endif #endif -- cgit v1.2.3 From 38d624361b2a82d6317c379aebf81b1b28210bb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Russell King Date: Wed, 22 Dec 2010 17:59:16 +0000 Subject: ARM: PL011: add DMA burst threshold support for ST variants ST Micro variants has some specific dma burst threshold compensation, which allows them to make better use of a DMA controller. Add support to set this up. Based on a patch from Linus Walleij. Acked-by: Linus Walleij Signed-off-by: Russell King --- include/linux/amba/serial.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/amba/serial.h b/include/linux/amba/serial.h index 577f22eb9225..5479fdc849e9 100644 --- a/include/linux/amba/serial.h +++ b/include/linux/amba/serial.h @@ -113,6 +113,21 @@ #define UART01x_LCRH_PEN 0x02 #define UART01x_LCRH_BRK 0x01 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_1 (0 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_2 (1 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_4 (2 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_8 (3 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_16 (4 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_32 (5 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_RX_48 (6 << 3) +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_1 0 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_2 1 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_4 2 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_8 3 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_16 4 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_32 5 +#define ST_UART011_DMAWM_TX_48 6 + #define UART010_IIR_RTIS 0x08 #define UART010_IIR_TIS 0x04 #define UART010_IIR_RIS 0x02 -- cgit v1.2.3 From 3610cda53f247e176bcbb7a7cca64bc53b12acdb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "David S. Miller" Date: Wed, 5 Jan 2011 15:38:53 -0800 Subject: af_unix: Avoid socket->sk NULL OOPS in stream connect security hooks. unix_release() can asynchornously set socket->sk to NULL, and it does so without holding the unix_state_lock() on "other" during stream connects. However, the reverse mapping, sk->sk_socket, is only transitioned to NULL under the unix_state_lock(). Therefore make the security hooks follow the reverse mapping instead of the forward mapping. Reported-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge Reported-by: Linus Torvalds Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/security.h | 15 +++++++-------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/security.h b/include/linux/security.h index fd4d55fb8845..d47a4c24b3e4 100644 --- a/include/linux/security.h +++ b/include/linux/security.h @@ -796,8 +796,9 @@ static inline void security_free_mnt_opts(struct security_mnt_opts *opts) * @unix_stream_connect: * Check permissions before establishing a Unix domain stream connection * between @sock and @other. - * @sock contains the socket structure. - * @other contains the peer socket structure. + * @sock contains the sock structure. + * @other contains the peer sock structure. + * @newsk contains the new sock structure. * Return 0 if permission is granted. * @unix_may_send: * Check permissions before connecting or sending datagrams from @sock to @@ -1568,8 +1569,7 @@ struct security_operations { int (*inode_getsecctx)(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 *ctxlen); #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK - int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, struct sock *newsk); + int (*unix_stream_connect) (struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int (*unix_may_send) (struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int (*socket_create) (int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); @@ -2525,8 +2525,7 @@ static inline int security_inode_getsecctx(struct inode *inode, void **ctx, u32 #ifdef CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK -int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other, - struct sock *newsk); +int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk); int security_unix_may_send(struct socket *sock, struct socket *other); int security_socket_create(int family, int type, int protocol, int kern); int security_socket_post_create(struct socket *sock, int family, @@ -2567,8 +2566,8 @@ void security_tun_dev_post_create(struct sock *sk); int security_tun_dev_attach(struct sock *sk); #else /* CONFIG_SECURITY_NETWORK */ -static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct socket *sock, - struct socket *other, +static inline int security_unix_stream_connect(struct sock *sock, + struct sock *other, struct sock *newsk) { return 0; -- cgit v1.2.3 From 238c855805c853eaec95b0bc3065effb64f955a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Henry Ptasinski Date: Tue, 4 Jan 2011 16:07:14 +0000 Subject: include/linux/if_ether.h: Add #define ETH_P_LINK_CTL for HPNA and wlan local tunnel Ethertype used by HPNA control protocols (LARQ, rate, link, etc) and by Broadcom wlan drivers for local signalling. Signed-off-by: Henry Ptasinski Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/if_ether.h | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/if_ether.h b/include/linux/if_ether.h index f9c3df03db0f..be69043d2896 100644 --- a/include/linux/if_ether.h +++ b/include/linux/if_ether.h @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ #define ETH_P_MPLS_UC 0x8847 /* MPLS Unicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_MPLS_MC 0x8848 /* MPLS Multicast traffic */ #define ETH_P_ATMMPOA 0x884c /* MultiProtocol Over ATM */ +#define ETH_P_LINK_CTL 0x886c /* HPNA, wlan link local tunnel */ #define ETH_P_ATMFATE 0x8884 /* Frame-based ATM Transport * over Ethernet */ -- cgit v1.2.3 From 2ad0d9d413abc3380fc1d89a9da7f8db59d9746b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Changli Gao Date: Thu, 6 Jan 2011 11:41:42 -0800 Subject: net: remove the duplicate #ifdef __KERNEL__ Since we are already in #ifdef __KERNEL__, we don't need to check it again. Signed-off-by: Changli Gao Signed-off-by: David S. Miller --- include/linux/socket.h | 8 ++------ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) (limited to 'include/linux') diff --git a/include/linux/socket.h b/include/linux/socket.h index 86b652fabf6e..5f65f14c4f44 100644 --- a/include/linux/socket.h +++ b/include/linux/socket.h @@ -30,12 +30,10 @@ struct cred; #define __sockaddr_check_size(size) \ BUILD_BUG_ON(((size) > sizeof(struct __kernel_sockaddr_storage))) -#ifdef __KERNEL__ -# ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS +#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS struct seq_file; extern void socket_seq_show(struct seq_file *seq); -# endif -#endif /* __KERNEL__ */ +#endif typedef unsigned short sa_family_t; @@ -311,7 +309,6 @@ struct ucred { /* IPX options */ #define IPX_TYPE 1 -#ifdef __KERNEL__ extern void cred_to_ucred(struct pid *pid, const struct cred *cred, struct ucred *ucred); extern int memcpy_fromiovec(unsigned char *kdata, struct iovec *iov, int len); @@ -333,6 +330,5 @@ struct timespec; extern int __sys_recvmmsg(int fd, struct mmsghdr __user *mmsg, unsigned int vlen, unsigned int flags, struct timespec *timeout); -#endif #endif /* not kernel and not glibc */ #endif /* _LINUX_SOCKET_H */ -- cgit v1.2.3